Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Education & Training Services / Gasporox

Gasporox

gpx · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker gpx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Education & Training Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Gasporox
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
performance improvement

training services

consulting

technical services

engineering

2005 Annual Report

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

1

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

To our SHAREHOLDERS

GP’s Mission Statement

We improve an organization’s performance and competitiveness through the effective

integration  of  people,  processes  and  technologies.  We  accomplish  this  by  providing

innovative training solutions in long-term partnership with our customers.

It’s  been  a  long  journey  but  GP  Strategies  has  finally  completed  its

transition  from  a  technology-based  holding  company  to  a  focused

performance  improvement  entity.    This  was  accomplished  with  the

successful spin-offs of GSE Systems in September 2005 and National Patent

Development Corporation in November 2004.  Management and the Board

of Directors can now completely focus on taking the company to the next

level.  We believe that the company has the potential to become a leading

global provider of performance improvement and custom training services.

The  company  plans  to  accomplish  this  objective  by  continued  organic

growth and worldwide expansion through accretive acquisitions.

The  last  stage  of  this  transition  was  accomplished  by  modifying  the

company’s capital structure in January 2006.  The company retired all of

its outstanding super voting shares, repurchased 2.1 million common shares

and authorized an additional $5 million general common share buyback.

The total buyback of $20.3 million was funded from cash on hand.  The

super voting shares accounted for approximately 41 percent of the aggregate

voting power of the company.  The total repurchase of shares represented

approximately 15 percent of the total outstanding shares of the company.

The strong cash flow generated in 2005 enabled the company to use cash

on hand for repurchasing shares and continues to provide the company

with  the  financial  flexibility  to  grow  the  business.  With  the  transition

complete, let’s talk about the operating results for 2005.

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

3

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

2

Fiscal Year 2005

In  2005,  we  achieved  strong  operating  results,  broadened  work  scopes

and added significant new customers, validating our business model and

improving our position within the training outsourcing marketplace.

(cid:33) Revenue of $175.6 million for fiscal year 2005,

up from $164.5 million in 2004

(cid:33) Operating income improved to $11.0 million,

versus $1.8 million in 2004

(cid:33) Net cash provided from operations of $19.3 million

The Management Team

In late 2005 and 2006, we realigned the management team of GP Strategies

to reflect General Physics Corporation (GP) becoming the sole operating

asset of the company.  This team, which has been assembled to take the

company to greater heights, represents more than 100 years of training

and performance improvement experience.

Scott Greenberg

CEO, GP Strategies

Doug Sharp

President, GP Strategies

Karl Baer

EVP, Manufacturing and Strategic Planning,
GP Strategies

Tom Davis

EVP, Homeland Security and Energy,
GP Strategies

Sharon Esposito-Mayer

EVP, CFO, GP Strategies

Andrea Kantor

EVP, General Counsel, GP Strategies

Lydia DeSantis

Corporate Secretary, GP Strategies

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

4

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

3

Operations of General Physics

     Going forward, GP is well positioned for

growth  due  to  our  expertise  in  performance  improvement  within  the knowledge economy.  The  American

Society  for  Training  and  Development  reports  that  learning  activities  make  up  the  majority  of  performance

improvement  initiatives.  As  competition  increases,  intellectual  capital  will  remain  an  organization’s  greatest

competitive advantage, and retaining skilled workers will be one of businesses’ greatest challenges.

In  addition,  as  companies  expand  their  operations  and  move

overseas, proprietary processes will need to be replicated globally.  Our

value is in knowing how to capture, repurpose and transfer the proprietary

knowledge and processes from plant to plant or employee to employee

around  the  world.  We  also  have  sellable,  scalable  services  inside

specific knowledge domains.

Expanding our e-Learning Presence within the Federal Government

In  2005,  we  continued  to  provide  Learning  Management  System

integration  and  hosting  as  well  as  outsourced  administrative  and  call

center  services  in  support  of  the  Federal  government’s  e-Training

initiative.  We  also  added  the  Department  of  Energy,  NASA  and  the

National  Science  Foundation  to  the  agencies  we  have  an  ongoing

relationship with, bringing the number of agencies we are supporting to

eight.  Over  600,000  federal  government  employees  now  access  their

training through Learning Management Systems hosted by GP.

A big part of our continued success will hinge on our ability to provide

custom web-based content to these agencies.  In order to be positioned

for that, we now have contract vehicles that allow us to provide content

development services to the government.  As a result, GP is now a member

of one of six teams awarded a five-year indefinite-delivery, indefinite-

quantity prime contract to provide distributed learning, education, and

training  products  for  Army  Headquarters,  Training  and  Doctrine

Command Schools and Centers and other Army agencies. In addition,

we were awarded Basic Purchase Order agreements with the Department

of Treasury and the US Courts.

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

5

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

4

Finding New Opportunities for our Training Business Process Outsourcing

In  2005  we  saw  businesses  embrace  training  outsourcing.  Analysts

predicted that more money would be invested in training outsourcing,

and that prediction was correct. We were able to win five new training

outsourcing engagements. Two of these five opportunities were expansions

of work with two existing customers: Pratt Whitney in Canada and Texas

Instruments in Germany.

GP  was  also  selected  to  provide  outsourced  training  and  vendor

management services to Motorola. Under the terms of this agreement,

GP will not only select and manage training suppliers but also offer our

own  training  expertise  when  and  where  it  is  applicable.  Our  flexible

payment model, along with our expertise, reflects our strategy of helping

clients optimize the value of their training investment.

We were just as successful in our tuition assistance program management

outsourcing. In 2005, we were awarded contracts to provide these services

to three new customers including Tiffany and Company. Our position

in this market is growing, and we are now the number two provider of

these  services.  We  have  strategies  in  place  to  help  us  move  into  the

number one spot.

We continue to solidify our position as one of the leading providers of

training  outsourcing  in  the  world.  Because  of  our  ability  to  drive

efficiencies  through  training  organizations,  provide  access  to  best

practices and talent, and improve quality we are poised to continue our

success in this area.

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

6

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

5

Strengthening our Presence in Homeland Security

GP successfully expanded our service offerings to new federal, state and

local clients in 2005.  For the Department of Homeland Security (DHS),

GP continued to operate the Domestic Preparedness Equipment Technical

Assistance  Program  (DPETAP),  the  only  DHS  program  dedicated  to

providing  hands-on  training  to  first  responders  on  Weapons  of  Mass

Destruction  detection  equipment,  personnel  decontamination  and

personal protective equipment.  This year, GP’s mobile technical training

teams provided customized instruction to over 20,000 responders.

Our  long-established  reputation  in  DPETAP  contributed  to  GP  being

selected  in  2005  to  lead  a  team  of  consultants  supporting  the  DHS

Homeland  Security  Exercise  and  Evaluation  Program.    In  addition  to

providing program management and policy development support to this

major  DHS  initiative,  this  contract  will  provide  support  to  states  and

cities  in  developing  and  conducting  terrorism  and  natural  disaster

preparedness  and  response  exercises  nationwide.    Also,  the  volume  of

exercise program support provided through direct contracts with state

and  local  clients  grew  significantly  in  2005  with  GP  personnel

participating in 46 exercises of all types during the year.

GP’s Disaster Response and Recovery Services expanded this year with

the award of a contract through Unisys Corporation to provide staffing

and  ongoing  consulting  for  the  New  Orleans  Emergency  Operations

Center in the response to the effects of Hurricane Katrina.  GP is providing

technical assistance as well as administrative and logistical support to

the agencies that are working to implement response and recovery plans

in the city.  GP is proud to be a significant part of the recovery from what

most consider the largest natural disaster in our U.S. history.

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

7

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

6

Building on our Successes in Life Sciences

GP  refined  its  focus  on  the  Life  Sciences  market  sector  in  2005  with

renewed  business  development  resources  and  efforts  including

involvement  in  professional  associations  like  the  Society  of

Pharmaceutical  and  Biotech  Trainers  (SPBT),  partnerships  with

institutions such as the University of Medicine and Dentistry New Jersey

(UMDNJ),  and  a  move  toward  centralized  operations  management  of

Life Sciences projects.  GP’s list of Life Sciences customers continues to

grow as GP services nearly half of the top 25 companies in this sector

with 2005 representing the addition of another top ten Pharmaceutical

client.  GP has expanded the core set of services to both traditional and

non-traditional GP offerings and services.  The 2006 strategy is to intensify

GP’s presence across all functional areas, from R&D and Manufacturing

to  Corporate  Services  and  Sales,  related  to  our  existing  and  new  Life

Sciences customers.

Increasing our Worldwide Leadership in Engineering Services

GP  provides  performance  improvement  solutions  for  our  power

generation and oil refining customers that continuously monitor their

equipment and processes to support real-time decision-making.  These

solutions maximize profit by detecting abnormal conditions and providing

operational guidance to improve performance.

In 2005, GP released upgraded versions of its performance monitoring

applications to remain compliant with pending IT security requirements

(Homeland Defense), stay current with state-of-the-art server operating

systems and meet the ever-expanding expectations of our customers.  We

presently monitor over 300 electric generating units worldwide with our

industry-leading  EtaPRO™  performance  monitoring  system.  Our

VirtualPlant™ thermodynamic modeling framework provides engineers

and  operators  with  the  ability  to  simulate  their  plant  operations  both

offline and online to optimize their operation for maximum profit.

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

8

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

7

GP  continues  to  aggressively  expand  our  performance  monitoring

products and services into international markets with 20 percent of this

business now coming from power plants and refineries outside the USA.

Our People

For 40 years, a key element to GP’s success has been its ability to attract

and  retain  key  talent  with  both  industry  and  training  expertise.    Our

more  than  1300  employees  (many  with  military  backgrounds)  possess

strong technical and training experience: they are expert planners and

disciplined workers with strong project management skills, and they have

the ability to stay focused on strategic goals.

We  take  great  pride  in  our  people.    Their  unique  backgrounds  and

expertise,  coupled  with  strong  communication  skills,  have  helped  GP

develop  a  reputation  for  excellence  in  training,  technical  services,

engineering, and best practices.

Strong Long-Term Relationships and a Diverse Customer Base

Offering  customized  solutions,  GP  has  been  a  strategic  partner  to

hundreds of the most competitive organizations in the world.  Our proven

methodologies,  processes,  and  tools  have  demonstrated  our  value  by

raising our customers’ organizational performance.  GP has maintained

relationships with 60 percent of our top 25 customers for five or more

years, a testament to the services we provide.

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

9

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

8

The Future — Clear Strategy for Growth

While  our  customer  relationships  are  strong,  opportunity  exists  to

increase  GP’s  overall  penetration  into  each  customer’s  total  training

enterprise.  In addition to acquiring new customers, our strategy focuses

on  leveraging  current  partnerships  to  increase  the  amount  of  training

budget  dedicated  to  GP  by  cross-selling  services.    As  a  total  solutions

provider, we have the ability to serve the increasingly sophisticated needs

of our clients.

(cid:33) Making strategic acquisitions
(cid:33) Expanding our global reach

(cid:33) Continuously improving our products and solutions

(cid:33) Cross-selling to customers

(cid:33) Adding new customers

(cid:33) Ensuring strong operating cash flow

Whether we’re providing training business process outsourcing, custom

training design and delivery, or our specialized engineering and consulting

services, we can enhance the performance of any department across any

organization.  Together  our  customers,  people,  and  shareholders  have

made GP a great company.  With the transition to a ‘pure play’ performance

improvement company, GP eyes the future with great optimism.

Scott N. Greenberg

Douglas E. Sharp

Chief Executive Officer

President

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

10

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(cid:58)  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended    December 31, 2005

or

(cid:134)  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                        to                         

Commission File Number 1-7234

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State of Incorporation)

13-1926739
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

6095 Marshalee Drive, Suite 300, Elkridge, MD
(Address of principal executive offices)

21075
(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(410) 379-3600
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $.01 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered:
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:          None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes (cid:134) No  (cid:58)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes (cid:134) No  (cid:58)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:58) No (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:58)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition 
of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer (cid:134)

Accelerated filer (cid:58)

Non-accelerated filer  (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12(b)-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:134) No  (cid:58)

The aggregate market value of the outstanding shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share and Class B Capital
Stock, par value $.01 per share held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2005 was approximately $106,684,000.

The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s Common Stock and Class B Capital Stock as of February 28, 2006:

Class
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Class B Capital Stock, par value $.01 per share

Outstanding

15,695,275 shares
—

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by 
reference into Part III hereof.

Table of Contents 

PART I 

Item 1.  Business  

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2.  Properties 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 6.  Selected Consolidated Financial Data 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant * 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation * 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters* 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions*  

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services* 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures

Exhibit Index

Page 

1

7 

12 

12

12 

12 

13 

15 

16

28 

29 

70

70 

71 

72 

72 

72 

72 

72 

73 

74

75

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   

*  To be incorporated by reference from the definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2006 Annual 

Meeting of Shareholders. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of 
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The Private Securities 
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995  provides  a  “safe  harbor”  for  forward  looking  statements.    Forward–looking 
statements  are  not  statements  of  historical  facts,  but  rather  reflect  our  current  expectations  concerning  future 
events and results.  We use words such as “expects”, “intends”, “believes”, “may”, “will” and “anticipates” to 
indicate forward-looking statements. Because these forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, 
there are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by 
these  forward-looking  statements,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  factors  set  forth  under  Item  1A  -  Risk 
Factors  and  those  other  risks  and  uncertainties  detailed  in  the  Company’s  periodic  reports  and  registration 
statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  We caution that these risk factors may not be 
exhaustive.  We operate in a continually changing business environment, and new risk factors emerge from time 
to time.  We cannot predict these new risk factors, nor can we assess the effect, if any, of the new risk factors on 
our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ from 
those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. 

If  any  one  or  more  of  these  expectations  and  assumptions  proves  incorrect,  actual  results  will  likely  differ 
materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Even if all of the foregoing assumptions 
and  expectations  prove  correct,  actual  results  may  still  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  the 
forward-looking statements as a result of factors we may not anticipate or that may be beyond our control. While 
we cannot assess the future impact that any of these differences could have on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows or the market price of shares of our common stock, the differences could be 
significant. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements made by us, whether as a result of 
new  information,  future  events  or  otherwise.    You  are  cautioned  not  to  unduly  rely  on  such  forward-looking 
statements when evaluating the information presented in this report. 

PART I 

Item 1: 

Business 

General Development of Business 

GP Strategies Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in 1959. The Company is a New York 
Stock Exchange listed company traded under the symbol GPX.  The Company’s business consists of its training, 
engineering,  and  consulting  business  operated  by  General  Physics  Corporation  (“General  Physics”  or  “GP”).  
General Physics is a workforce development company that seeks to improve the effectiveness of organizations by 
providing training, management consulting, e-Learning solutions and engineering services that are customized to 
meet  the  specific  needs  of  clients.    References  in  this  report  to  “we”  and  “our”  are  to  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiaries, collectively. 

On January 19, 2006, the Company completed a restructuring of its capital stock, which included the repurchase 
of 2,121,500 shares of its Common Stock at a price of $6.80 per share, the repurchase of 600,000 shares of its 
Class B Capital Stock (“Class B Stock”) at a price of $8.30 per share, and the exchange of 600,000 shares of its 
Class  B  Stock  into  600,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  a  cash  premium  of  $1.50  per  exchanged  share.  The 
repurchase  prices  and  exchange  premium  were  based  on  a  fairness  opinion  rendered  by  an  independent  third 
party  valuation  firm.  The  repurchase  and  exchange  transactions  were  negotiated  and  approved  by  a  Special 
Committee of the Board of Directors and had the effect of eliminating all outstanding shares of the Company's 
Class B Stock. See Note 13 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding 
the repurchase and exchange transaction. 

1

 
 
 
On  September  30,  2005,  the  Company  completed  a  taxable  spin-off  of  its  57%  interest  in  GSE  Systems,  Inc. 
(“GSE”)  through  a  dividend  to  the  Company’s  stockholders.  GSE  is  a  stand  alone  public  company  which 
provides  simulation  solutions  and  services  to  energy,  process  and  manufacturing  industries  worldwide.    On 
September 30, 2005, stockholders received in the spin-off 0.283075 shares of GSE common stock for each share 
of the Company’s Common Stock or Class B Stock held on the record date of September 19, 2005. Following the 
spin-off,  the  Company  ceased  to  have  any  ownership  interest  in  GSE  and  the  operations  of  GSE  have  been 
reclassified  as  discontinued  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  all  periods  presented 
herein.    The  Company  continues  to  provide  corporate  support  services  to  GSE  pursuant  to  a  management 
services agreement which extends through December 31, 2006 (see Note 15 to the accompanying Consolidated 
Financial Statements). 

In  2005,  the  Company  re-evaluated  its  reportable  business  segments  under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  (SFAS)  No.  131,  Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information  (SFAS  No. 
131),  as  a  result  of  a  change  in  the  Company’s  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (CODM).  Based  on  the 
information which the CODM reviews in order to assess the performance of the Company and make decisions 
regarding the allocation of resources, the Company determined that General Physics consists of two reportable 
business segments: 1) Process, Energy & Government; and 2) Manufacturing & Business Process Outsourcing 
(BPO). GSE ceased to be a reportable business segment as a result of the spin-off effective September 30, 2005.  
As a result of the change in the Company’s reportable business segments, all prior period segment information 
presented herein has been restated to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

The  Process,  Energy  &  Government  segment  provides  engineering  consulting,  design  and  evaluation  services 
regarding  facilities,  the  environment,  processes  and  systems,  staff  augmentation,  curriculum  design  and 
development,  and  training  and  technical  services  primarily  to  federal  and  state  governmental  agencies,  large 
government contractors, petroleum and chemical refining companies, and electric power utilities. 

The Manufacturing & BPO segment provides training, curriculum design and development, staff augmentation, 
e-Learning  services,  system  hosting,  integration  and  help  desk  support,  business  process  and  training 
outsourcing, and consulting and technical services to large companies in the automotive, steel, pharmaceutical, 
electronics, and other industries as well as to governmental clients. 

On  November  24,  2004,  the  Company  completed  the  tax-free  spin-off  of  National  Patent  Development 
Corporation  (“NPDC”).    Subsequent  to  the  spin-off,  the  results  of  operations  of  NPDC  are  presented  as 
discontinued in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for all prior periods presented herein. The 
Company  provides  certain  corporate  support  services  to  NPDC  pursuant  to  a  management  services  agreement 
(see Note 15 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

The information herein is as the Company exists as of December 31, 2005 after the spin-offs of NPDC and GSE.  

Company Information Available on the Internet 

The Company’s internet address is www.gpstrategies.com.  Additional information about General Physics may 
be found at www.gpworldwide.com.  The  Company  makes  available  free  of  charge  through  its  internet  site,  its 
annual reports on Form 10-K; quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; current reports on Form 8-K; and any amendment 
to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act,” as 
soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the U.S. Securities 
and Exchange Commission. 

2

 
 
 
General Physics Corporation 

Organization and Operations 

General  Physics  provides  technology-based  training,  engineering,  consulting  and  technical  services  to  leading 
companies  in  the  automotive,  steel,  power,  oil  and  gas,  chemical,  energy,  electronics  and  semiconductor, 
pharmaceutical and food and beverage industries, as well as to the government sector, and focuses on developing 
long-term relationships with Fortune 500 companies, their suppliers and government agencies. General Physics is 
a global leader in performance improvement, with four decades of experience in providing solutions to optimize 
workforce performance. Since its incorporation in 1966, General Physics has provided clients with the products 
and services they need to successfully integrate their people, processes and technology.

General Physics’ instructional delivery capabilities include traditional classroom, structured on-the-job training 
(OJT),  just-in-time  methods,  and  the  full  spectrum  of  e-Learning  technologies.  General  Physics’  e-Learning 
services enable the Company to function as a single-source e-Learning solutions provider through its integration 
services  and  hosting,  the  development  and  provisioning  of  proprietary  content  and  the  aggregation  and 
distribution of third party content.   

For  businesses,  government  agencies  and  other  organizations,  General  Physics  offers  services  and  products 
spanning  the  entire  lifecycle  of  production  facilities.  General  Physics’  products  and  services  include  plant, 
equipment and process launch assistance; operations and maintenance practice training and consulting services; 
curriculum  development  and  delivery;  facility  and  enterprise  change  and  configuration  management;  lean 
enterprise  consulting;  plant  and  process  engineering  review  and  re-design;  business  continuity  planning  and 
support  services;  alternative  fuels  engineering  consulting,  facility  design  and  construction  services;  business 
process  outsourcing;  training  outsourcing;  e-Learning  hosting,  consulting  and  systems  implementation;  and 
development and delivery of information technology (IT) training on an enterprise-wide scale. General Physics’ 
personnel  bring  a  wide  variety  of  professional,  technical  and  military  backgrounds  together  to  create  cost-
effective solutions for modern business and governmental challenges. 

General  Physics  provides  services  and  sells  products  within  a  structure  that  is  integrated  both  vertically  and 
horizontally.  Vertically,  General  Physics  is  organized  into  Strategic  Business  Units  (SBUs),  Business  Units 
(BUs) and Groups focused on providing a wide range of products and services to clients and prospective clients 
predominantly  within  targeted  markets.  Horizontally,  General  Physics  is  organized  across  SBUs,  BUs  and 
Groups to integrate similar service lines, technology, information, work products, client management and other 
resources.  Communications  and  market  research,  accounting,  finance,  legal,  human  resources,  information 
systems and other administrative services are organized at the corporate level. Business development and sales 
resources are aligned with operating units to support existing customer accounts and new customer development. 

Products and Services 

Training. General Physics’ provides training services and products to support existing, as well as the launch of 
new,  plants,  products,  equipment,  technologies  and  processes.  The  range  of  services  includes  fundamental 
analysis  of  a  client’s  training  needs,  curriculum  design,  instructional  material  development  (in  hard  copy, 
electronic/software  or  other  format),  information  technology  service  support  and  delivery  of  training  using  an 
instructor-led, on-the-job, computer-based, web-based, video-based or other technology-based method. General 
Physics  has  available  an  existing  curriculum  of  business  and  technical  courses  and  also  is  involved  in  the 
management of training business operations, including the outsourcing of administrative processes, for several of 
its customers. Training products include instructor and student training manuals, and instructional materials on 
CD-ROM and PC-based simulators. 

Consulting.  Consulting  services  include  not  only  training-related  consulting  services,  but  also  more  traditional 
business  management,  engineering  and  other  disciplines.  General  Physics  is  able  to  provide  high-level  lean 

3

 
 
 
enterprise consulting services, as well as training in the concept, methods and application of lean enterprise and 
other  quality  practices,  organizational  development  and  change  management.  General  Physics  also  provides 
engineering  consulting  services  to  support  regulatory  and  environmental  compliance,  modification  of  facilities 
and  processes,  plant  performance  improvement,  reliability-centered  maintenance  practices  and  plant  start-up 
activities.  Consulting  services  also  include  operations  continuity  assessment,  planning,  training  and  procedure 
development. Consulting products include copyrighted training and reference materials. 

Technical  Support  and  Engineering.  General  Physics  is  staffed  and  equipped  to  provide  engineering  and 
technical support services and products to clients. General Physics has civil, mechanical and electrical engineers 
who  provide  consulting,  design  and  evaluation  services  regarding  facilities,  processes  and  systems.  General 
Physics believes that it is a leader in the design and construction of alternative fuel stations, cryogenic systems 
and  high  pressure  systems.  Technical  support  services  include  procedure  writing  and  configuration  control  for 
capital intensive facilities, plant start-up assistance, logistics support (e.g., inventory management and control), 
implementation  and  engineering  assistance  for  facility  or  process  modifications,  facility  management  for  high 
technology training environments, staff augmentation and help-desk support for standard and customized client 
desktop  applications.  Technical  support  products  include  General  Physics’  proprietary  EtaPRO™  and  Virtual 
Plant software applications that serve the power generation and petrochemical industries. 

Contracts

The  Company  currently  performs  under  time-and-materials,  fixed-price  and  cost-reimbursable  contracts.  The 
Company’s contracts with the U.S. Government have predominantly been cost-reimbursable contracts and fixed-
price contracts. The Company is required to comply with Federal Acquisition Regulations and Government Cost 
Accounting  Standards  with  respect  to  services  provided  to  the  U.S.  Government  and  its  agencies.  These 
Regulations and Standards govern the procurement of goods and services by the U.S. Government and the nature 
of costs that can be charged with respect to such goods and services. All such contracts are subject to audit by a 
designated government audit agency, which in most cases is the Defense Contract Audit Agency (the DCAA). 
The DCAA has audited the Company’s contracts through 2002 without any material disallowances. 

The following table illustrates the Company’s percentage of total revenue attributable to each type of contract for 
the year ended December 31, 2005: 

Fixed-price (including fixed-fee per transaction)
Time and materials, including fixed rate
Cost-reimbursable

Total revenue

71%
15
14

100%

Fixed-price contracts provide for payment to the Company of pre-determined amounts as compensation for the 
delivery of specific products or services, without regard to the actual costs incurred. The Company bears the risk 
that increased or unexpected costs required to perform the specified services may reduce the Company’s profit or 
cause the Company to sustain a loss, but the Company has the opportunity to derive increased profit if the costs 
required to perform the specified services are less than expected. Fixed-price contracts generally permit the client 
to terminate the contract on written notice; in the event of such termination the Company would typically, at a 
minimum, be paid a proportionate amount of the fixed price. 

Time-and-materials contracts generally provide for billing of services based upon the hourly billing rates of the 
employees performing the services and the actual expenses incurred multiplied by a specified mark-up factor up 
to  a  certain  aggregate  dollar  amount.  The  Company’s  time-and-materials  contracts  include  certain  contracts 
under  which  the  Company  has  agreed  to  provide  training,  engineering  and  technical  services  at  fixed  hourly 
rates.  Time-and-materials  contracts  generally  permit  the  client  to  control  the  amount,  type  and  timing  of  the 

4

 
 
 
services  to  be  performed  by  the  Company  and  to  terminate  the  contract  on  written  notice.  If  a  contract  is 
terminated, the Company is typically paid for the services it has provided through the date of termination.  

Cost-reimbursable contracts provide for the Company to be reimbursed for its actual direct and indirect costs plus 
a fee. These contracts also are generally subject to termination at the convenience of the client. If a contract is 
terminated, the Company is typically reimbursed for its costs through the date of termination, plus the cost of an 
orderly termination and paid a proportionate amount of the fee.  

No significant terminations of the Company’s contracts have occurred over the last five years. 

International

The Company also conducts its business outside of the United States, in Canada, and in other countries primarily 
through its wholly owned subsidiaries General Physics (UK) Ltd., General Physics Corporation Mexico, S.A. de 
C.V., General Physics Asia, Pte. Ltd., and General Physics (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd. Through these companies, the 
Company is capable of providing substantially the same services and products as are available to clients in the 
United States, although modified as appropriate to address the language, business practices and cultural factors 
unique  to  each  client  and  country.  In  combination  with  its  subsidiaries,  the  Company  is  able  to  coordinate  the 
delivery to multi-national clients of services and products that achieve consistency on a global, enterprise-wide 
basis.    Revenue  from  operations  outside  the  United  States  represented  approximately  10%  of  the  Company’s 
consolidated  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005  (see  Note  14  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Financial Statements). 

Customers 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company provides services to over 400 customers. Significant customers include 
multinational  automotive  manufacturers,  such  as  General  Motors  Corporation,  Ford  Motor  Company, 
Mercedes-Benz  and  Daimler  Chrysler  Corporation;  commercial  electric  power  utilities,  such  as  Bruce  Power, 
L.P.,  First  Energy,  Mid-American  Energy  Company,  Public  Service  Electric  &  Gas  Company  and  Entergy 
Operations, Inc.; governmental agencies, such as the U.S. Department of Defense, U.S. Department of Treasury, 
Office of Personnel Management, and U.S. Social Security Administration; U.S. government prime contractors,
such  as  Bechtel  National,  Inc.,  Washington  Group  International,  and  Unisys  Corporation;  and  other  large
multinational  companies,  such  as  Texas  Instruments,  Motorola,  Cisco  Systems,  Inc.,  Eli  Lilly  &  Co.,  IBM 
Corporation,  United  Technologies  Corporation,  Siemens  Dematic  Corporation,  Agilent  Technologies,  Inc.,  the 
Boeing  Company,  and  Gerdau  Ameristeel  Corporation.  Revenue  from  the  U.S.  Government  accounted  for 
approximately  40%  of  the  Company’s  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2005.  Revenue  was  derived 
from  many  separate  contracts  with  a  variety  of  government  agencies  that  are  regarded  by  the  Company  as 
separate customers. In 2005, revenue from the Department of the Army, which is included in U.S. Government 
revenue,  accounted  for  approximately  20%  of  the  Company’s  revenue.  No  other  customer  accounted  for  more 
than 10% of the Company’s revenue in 2005. 

Employees 

The  Company’s  principal  resource  is  its  personnel.  As  of  December 31,  2005,  the  Company  employed  1,380 
persons and over 200 adjunct instructors and consultants. The Company’s future success depends to a significant 
degree  upon  its  ability  to  continue  to  attract,  retain  and  integrate  into  its  operations  instructors,  engineers, 
technical  personnel  and  consultants  who  possess  the  skills  and  experience  required  to  meet  the  needs  of  its 
clients.

The Company utilizes a variety of methods to attract and retain personnel. We believe that the compensation and 
benefits  offered  to  our  employees  are  competitive  with  the  compensation  and  benefits  available  from  other 
organizations  with  which  we  compete  for  personnel.  In  addition,  the  Company  maintains  the  professional 

5

 
 
 
development of its employees, both internally via GP University (its own internal training resource) and through 
third parties, and also offers tuition reimbursement for job-related educational costs. The Company believes its 
relations with its employees are good. 

Competition

The Company faces a highly competitive environment. The principal competitive factors are the experience and 
capability  of  service  personnel,  performance,  quality  and  functionality  of  products,  reputation  and  price. 
Consulting services such as those provided by the Company are performed by many of the customers themselves, 
large  architectural  and  engineering  firms  that  have  expanded  their  range  of  services  beyond  design  and 
construction activities, large consulting firms, information technology companies, major suppliers of equipment, 
degree-granting  colleges  and  universities,  vocational  and  technical  training  schools,  continuing  education 
programs, small privately held training providers and individuals and independent service companies similar to 
the  Company.  The  training  industry  is  highly  fragmented  and  competitive,  with  low  barriers  to  entry  and  no 
single competitor accounting for a significant market share. Some of the Company’s competitors offer services 
and products that are similar to those of the Company at lower prices, and some competitors have significantly 
greater financial, managerial, technical, marketing and other resources than those of the Company. There can be 
no assurance that the Company will be successful against such competition. 

Marketing

The Company has approximately 40 employees dedicated primarily to marketing its services and products. The 
Company  uses  attendance  at  trade  shows,  presentations  of  technical  papers  at  industry  and  trade  association 
conferences,  press  releases,  public  courses  and  workshops  given  by  Company  personnel  to  serve  an  important 
marketing function. The Company also does selective advertising and sends a variety of sales literature to current 
and  prospective  clients.  By  staying  in  contact  with  clients  and  looking  for  opportunities  to  provide  further 
services, the Company sometimes obtains contract awards or extensions without having to undergo competitive 
bidding. In other cases, clients request the Company to bid competitively. In both cases, the Company submits 
proposals to the client for evaluation. The period between submission of a proposal to final award can range from 
30  days  or  less  (generally  for  noncompetitive,  short-term  contracts),  to  a  year  or  more  (generally  for  large, 
competitive multi-year contracts). 

Backlog

The Company’s backlog for services under executed contracts and subcontracts was approximately $78.9 million 
as of December 31, 2005 compared to $105.2 million as of December 31, 2004. The decrease in backlog is due to 
several clients shifting from annual to quarterly funding of contracts, an anticipated decline of $10.0 million in 
government funding for the Domestic Preparedness Equipment Technical Assistance Program, and a delay in the 
receipt of contract funding as of December 31, 2005 compared to December 31, 2004.   During January 2006, the 
Company  received  approximately  $12.6  million  of  additional  backlog  for  contract  awards  or  renewals  which 
were  not  included  in  backlog  as  of  December  31,  2005  because  the  contract  funding  was  not  yet  formally 
received.    The  Company  anticipates  that  most  of  its  backlog  as  of  December 31,  2005  will  be  recognized  as 
revenue during 2006. However, the rate at which services are performed under certain contracts, and thus the rate 
at which backlog will be recognized, is at the discretion of the client and most contracts are, as mentioned above, 
subject to termination by the client upon written notice. 

Environmental Statutes and Regulations 

The  Company  provides  environmental  engineering  services  to  its  clients,  including  the  development  and 
management  of  site  environmental  remediation  plans.  Due  to  the  increasingly  strict  requirements  imposed  by 
Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the Clean Water Act, 
the  Clean  Air  Act,  Superfund,  the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  and  the  Occupational  Safety  and 
Health Act), the Company’s opportunities to provide such services may increase. 

6

 
 
 
The Company’s activities in connection with providing environmental engineering services may also subject the 
Company  to  such  Federal,  state  and  local  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  Although  the  Company 
subcontracts  most  remediation  construction  activities  and  all  removal  and  offsite  disposal  and  treatment  of 
hazardous  substances,  the  Company  could  still  be  held  liable  for  clean-up  or  violations  of  such  laws  as  an 
“operator” or otherwise under such Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations with respect to a 
site where it has provided environmental engineering and support services. The Company believes, however, that 
it is in compliance in all material respects with such environmental laws and regulations. 

Financial Information 

For financial information about the Company’s segments and geographic operations and revenue, see Note 14 to 
the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Item 1A:  Risk Factors  

Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents the Company files with the Securities and 
Exchange  Commission  are  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  the  Company’s  actual  results  to  differ 
materially  from  the  results  contemplated  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  report  and  other 
public statements made by the Company.  

Our  holding  company  structure  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  pay  our  expenses  and  long-term  debt 
obligations.

Our  principal  operations  are  conducted  through  our  General  Physics  subsidiary.  General  Physics’  Credit 
Agreement currently limits its ability to loan, dividend or otherwise pay funds to us, which could adversely affect 
our  ability  to  pay  our  expenses  and  long-term  debt  obligations  which  mature  in  2008  (see  Note  8  to  the 
accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

We  recently  identified  a  material  weakness  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  cannot  assure 
you that we will not find further such weaknesses. 

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to conduct an annual review and evaluation of our 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  to  include  a  report  on,  and  an  attestation  by  our  independent 
registered public accountants, KPMG LLP, of the effectiveness of these controls. In the course of our assessment 
of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2005,  we  identified  a 
material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, arising from deficiencies with respect to our 
accounting for income taxes. To remediate this material weakness, we will continue to revise our processes and 
procedures over the accounting for income taxes and have hired a tax director which we believe will provide the 
Company with the necessary technical skills to perform, review and analyze complex tax accounting activities.  
We believe these additional controls will remediate the material weakness; however, such determination will not 
occur  until  these  additional  controls  have  been  in  place  for  a  period  of  time  sufficient  to  demonstrate  that  the 
controls are operating effectively.  See Item 9A, Controls and Procedures.  

We cannot assure you that deficiencies or weaknesses in our controls and procedures will not be identified in the 
future.  Any  such  weaknesses  or  deficiencies  could  harm  our  business  and  operating  results,  result  in  adverse 
publicity and a loss in investor confidence in our financial reports, which in turn could have an adverse effect on 
our stock price, and, if they are not properly remediated, could adversely affect our ability to report our financial 
results on a timely and accurate basis. 

Failure to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel could harm our business. 

Our  principal  resource  is  our  personnel.  A  significant  portion  of  our  revenue  is  derived  from  services  and 
products that are delivered by instructors, engineers, technical personnel and consultants. Our success depends 

7

 
 
 
upon our ability to continue to attract and retain instructors, engineers, technical personnel and consultants who 
possess the skills and experience required to meet the needs of our clients. In order to initiate and develop client 
relationships and execute our growth strategy, we must maintain and continue to hire qualified salespeople. We 
must also continue to attract and develop capable management personnel to guide our business and supervise the 
use  of  our  resources.  Competition  for  qualified  personnel  can  be  intense.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  qualified 
personnel  will  continue  to  be  available  to  us.  Any  failure  to  attract  or  retain  qualified  instructors,  engineers, 
technical  personnel,  consultants,  salespeople  and  managers  in  sufficient  numbers  could  adversely  affect  our 
business and financial condition. 

The loss of our key personnel, including our executive management team, could harm our business. 

Our success is largely dependent upon the experience and continued services of our executive management team 
and our other key personnel. The loss of one or more of our key personnel and a failure to attract or promote 
suitable replacements for them may adversely affect our business. 

Our  revenue  and  financial  condition  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  loss  of  business  from  significant 
customers, including the U.S. Government. 

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  revenue  from  the  U.S.  Government  represented 
approximately  40%,  38%,  and  38%  of  our  revenue,  respectively.  However,  the  revenue  was  derived  from  a 
number of separate contracts with a variety of government agencies we regard as separate customers. Most of our 
contracts  and  subcontracts,  including  those  with  the  U.S.  Government,  are  subject  to  termination  on  written 
notice, and therefore our operations are dependent on our customers’ continued satisfaction with our services and 
their continued inability or unwillingness to perform those services themselves or to engage other third parties to 
deliver such services. 

Government contracts are also subject to various uncertainties, restrictions and regulations, including oversight 
audits by government representatives and profit and cost controls.  If we fail to comply with all of the applicable 
regulations, requirements or laws, our existing contracts with the government could be terminated and our ability 
to  seek  future  government  contracts  or  subcontracts  could  be  adversely  affected.    In  addition,  the  funding  of 
government  contracts  is  subject  to  Congressional  appropriations.    Budget  decisions  made  by  the  U.S. 
Government are outside of our control and could result in a reduction or elimination of contract funding. A shift 
in government spending to other programs in which we are not involved or a reduction in general government  
spending  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  financial  condition.  The  government  is  under  no  obligation  to 
maintain or continue funding our contracts or subcontracts. 

Our  business  and  financial  condition  could  be  adversely  affected  by  government  limitations  on  contractor 
profitability and the possibility of cost disallowance. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  revenue  and  profit  is  derived  from  contracts  and  subcontracts  with  the  U.S. 
Government. The U.S. Government places limitations on contractor profitability; therefore, government related 
contracts  may  have  lower  profit  margins  than  the  contracts  we  enter  into  with  commercial  customers. 
Furthermore,  U.S.  Government  contracts  and  subcontracts  are  subject  to  audit  by  a  designated  government 
agency. Although we have not experienced any material cost disallowances as a result of these audits, we may be 
subject to material disallowances in the future. 

We enter into fixed price contracts which could result in reduced profits or losses if we have cost overruns. 

A majority of our revenue is attributable to contracts entered into on a fixed-price basis.  This allows us to benefit 
from  cost  savings,  but  we  carry  the  burden  of  cost  overruns.    If  our  initial  estimates  are  incorrect,  or  if 
unanticipated  circumstances  arise,  we  could  experience  cost  overruns  which  would  result  in  reduced  profits  or 

8

 
 
 
losses on these contracts.  Our financial condition is dependent on our ability to maximize our earnings from our 
contracts.  Lower earnings caused by cost overruns could have a negative impact on our financial results. 

We maintain a workforce based upon anticipated staffing needs. If we do not receive future contract awards or if 
these awards are delayed or reduced in scope or funding, we may incur significant costs. 

Our estimates of future staffing requirements depend in part on the timing of new contract awards. We make our 
estimates in good faith, but our estimates could be inaccurate or change based on new information. In the case of 
larger projects, it is particularly difficult to predict whether we will receive a contract award and when the award 
will  be  announced.    In  some  cases  the  contracts  that  are  awarded  require  staffing  levels  that  are  different, 
sometimes  lower,  than  the  levels  anticipated  when  the  work  was  proposed.  The  uncertainty  of  contract  award 
timing and changes in scope or funding can present difficulties in matching our workforce size with our contract 
needs. If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, or if a contract is awarded for a smaller scope of 
work than proposed, we could incur significant costs resulting from reductions in staff. 

Failure to keep pace with technology and changing market needs could harm our business. 

Our future success will depend upon our ability to gain expertise in technological advances rapidly and respond 
quickly to evolving industry trends and client needs. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in adapting 
to advances in technology, addressing client needs on a timely basis, or marketing our services and products in 
advanced formats. In addition, services and products delivered in the newer formats may not provide comparable 
training results. Furthermore, subsequent technological advances may render moot any successful expansion of 
the methods of delivering our services and products. If we are unable to develop new means of delivering our 
services  and  products  due  to  capital,  personnel,  technological  or  other  constraints,  our  business  and  financial 
condition could be adversely affected. 

Changing  economic  conditions  in  the  United  States  or  the  United  Kingdom  could  harm  our  business  and 
financial condition. 

Our revenues and profitability are related to general levels of economic activity and employment in the United 
States and the United Kingdom. As a result, any significant economic downturn or recession in one or both of 
those countries could harm our business and financial condition. A significant portion of our revenues is derived 
from  Fortune  1000-level  companies  and  their  international  equivalents,  which  historically  have  adjusted 
expenditures  for  external  training  during  economic  downturns.  If  the  economies  in  which  these  companies 
operate  weaken  in  any  future  period,  these  companies  may  not  increase  or  may  reduce  their  expenditures  on 
external training, and other products and services supplied by us, which could adversely affect our business and 
financial condition. 

Our financial results are subject to quarterly fluctuations. 

We experience, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in quarterly operating results. In addition, we 
provide  domestic  preparedness  and  emergency  management  services,  including  hurricane  and  other  disaster 
recovery  services,  which  can  result  in  revenue  volatility  associated  with  the  unpredictability  of  certain  events 
occurring  and  the  need  for  these  types  of  services.  Consequently,  you  should  not  deem  our  results  for  any 
particular  quarter  to  be  necessarily  indicative  of  future  results.  These  fluctuations  in  our  quarterly  operating 
results  may  vary  because  of,  among  other  things,  the  overall  level  of  performance  improvement  services  and 
products  sold,  the  gain  or  loss  of  material  clients,  the  timing,  structure  and  magnitude  of  acquisitions,  the 
commencement or completion of client engagements or custom services and products in a particular quarter, and 
the general level of economic activity. Downward fluctuations may result in a decline in the trading price of our 
Common Stock. 

9

 
 
 
Competition could adversely affect our performance. 

The training industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with low barriers to entry and no single competitor 
accounting  for  a  significant  market  share.  Our  competitors  include  several  large  publicly  traded  and  privately 
held companies, vocational and technical training schools, degree-granting colleges and universities, continuing 
education programs and thousands of small privately held training providers and individuals. In addition, many 
of our clients maintain internal training departments. Some of our competitors offer similar services and products 
at lower prices, and some competitors have significantly greater financial, managerial, technical, marketing and 
other  resources.  Moreover,  we  expect  to  face  additional  competition  from  new  entrants  into  the  training  and 
performance  improvement  market  due,  in  part,  to  the  evolving  nature  of  the  market  and  the  relatively  low 
barriers to entry. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to compete successfully, and the failure 
to do so could adversely affect our business and financial condition. 

We are subject to potential liabilities which are not covered by our insurance. 

We engage in activities in which there are substantial risks of potential liability.  We provide services involving 
electric  power  distribution  and  generation,  nuclear  power,  chemical  weapons  destruction,  environmental 
remediation, engineering design and construction management.  We maintain a consolidated insurance program 
(including general liability coverage) covering companies we currently own, including General Physics, as well 
as certain risks associated with companies we no longer own, including GSE and NPDC.  Claims by or against 
any covered insured could reduce the amount of available insurance coverage for the other insureds and for other 
claims.    In  addition,  certain  liabilities  may  not  be  covered  at  all,  such  as  deductibles,  self-insured  retentions, 
amounts  in  excess  of  applicable  insurance  limits  and  claims  that  fall  outside  the  coverage  of  our  policies.  
Although we believe that we currently have appropriate insurance coverage, we do not have coverage for all of 
the risks to which we are subject and we may not be able to obtain appropriate coverage on a cost-effective basis 
in the future.   

Our  policies  exclude  coverage  for  incidents  involving  nuclear  liability  and  we  may  not  be  covered  by  United 
States  laws  or  industry  programs  providing  liability  protection  for  licensees  of  the  Nuclear  Regulatory 
Commission (typically utilities) for damages caused by nuclear incidents; we are not a licensee and few of our 
contracts  with  clients  have  contained  provisions  waiving  or  limiting  their  liability.    Therefore,  we  could  be 
adversely affected by a nuclear incident. 

Certain environmental risks, such as liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation 
and  Liability  Act,  as  amended  (“Superfund”),  also  may  not  be  covered  by  our  insurance.    We  provide 
environmental  engineering  services,  including  the  development  and  management  of  site  environmental 
remediation  plans.    Although  we  subcontract  most  remediation  construction  activities,  and  in  all  cases 
subcontract  the  removal  and  off-site  disposal  and  treatment  of  hazardous  substances,  we  could  be  subject  to 
liability relating to the environmental services we perform directly or through subcontracts.  Specifically, if we 
were deemed under federal or state laws, including Superfund, to be an “operator” of sites to which we provide 
environmental engineering and support services, we could be subject to liability.  Our insurance policies may not 
provide coverage for these risks.  Various mechanisms exist whereby the U. S. Government may limit liability 
for  environmental  claims  and  losses  or  indemnify  us  for  such  claims  or  losses  under  governmental  contracts.  
Nonetheless, incurrence of any substantial Superfund or other environmental liability could adversely affect our 
business and financial condition by reducing profits or causing us to incur losses related to the cost of resolving 
such liability. 

Some of our policies, such as our professional liability insurance policy, provide coverage on a “claims made” 
basis covering only claims actually made during the policy period currently in effect.  To the extent that a risk is 
not insured within our then available coverage limits, insured under a low-deductible policy, indemnified against 

10

 
 
 
by  a  third  party  or  limited  by  an  enforceable  waiver  or  limitation  of  liability,  claims  could  be  material  and 
adversely affect our financial condition. 

Acquisitions are part of our growth strategy and may not be successful. 

We expect to pursue selective acquisitions of businesses as part of our growth strategy.  Acquisitions may bring 
us into businesses we have not previously conducted and expose us to risks that are different than those we have 
traditionally experienced.  We can provide no assurances that we will be able to find suitable acquisitions or that 
we  will  be  able  to  consummate  them  on  terms  and  conditions  favorable  to  us,  or  that  we  will  successfully 
integrate and manage acquired businesses. 

We are subject to potential liabilities related to operations we have discontinued. 

In November 2004, we completed the spin-off to our stockholders of the shares of stock we owned in NPDC.  
Prior  to  the  spin-off,  we  provided  certain  financial  guarantees  and  entered  into  transactions  involving  assets 
owned  by  NPDC  or  subsequently  contributed  by  us  to  NPDC.    We  continued  to  guarantee  certain  lease 
obligations  and  indebtedness  of  NPDC  subsequent  to  the  spin-off.    We  also  have  outstanding  debt  that  is 
collateralized by certain real property which was transferred to NPDC in connection with the spin-off.  We no 
longer have the assets of NPDC available to us to use to satisfy these obligations, and if NPDC fails to satisfy 
obligations for which we continue to guarantee, we could be responsible for satisfying those obligations which 
could adversely impact our financial condition. 

Our stockholder rights plan and authorized preferred stock could make a third-party acquisition of us difficult. 

We have a stockholder rights plan. Our stockholder rights plan would cause substantial dilution to any person or 
group that attempts to acquire us on terms not approved in advance by our Board of Directors. In addition, our 
certificate of incorporation allows us to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, the rights, preferences, 
qualifications, limitations and restrictions of which may be fixed by the Board of Directors without any further 
vote  or  action  by  the  stockholders.  The  stockholder  rights plan,  the  ability  to  issue  preferred  stock  and  certain 
provisions in our by-laws may have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a change in control and 
might affect the market price of our Common Stock. 

Our certificate of incorporation may discourage foreign ownership of our Common Stock. 

The  United  States  Departments  of  Energy  and  Defense  have  policies  regarding  foreign  ownership,  control  or 
influence over government contractors who have access to classified information, and inquire as to whether any 
foreign interest has beneficial ownership of 5% or more of a contractor’s or subcontractor’s voting securities. If 
either Department determines that an undue risk to the defense and security of the United States exists, it may, 
among  other  things,  terminate  the  contractor’s  or  subcontractor’s  existing  contracts.  Our  certificate  of 
incorporation  allows  us  to  redeem  or  require  the  prompt  disposition  of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  shares  of  our 
Common Stock owned by a foreign stockholder beneficially owning 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our 
Common  Stock  if  either  Department  threatens  termination  of  any  of  our  contracts  as  a  result  of  such  an 
ownership  interest.  These  provisions  may  have  the  additional  effect  of  delaying,  discouraging  or  preventing  a 
change in control and might affect the market price of our Common Stock. 

11

 
 
 
Item 1B:    Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.

Item 2: 

Properties 

The  following  information  describes  the  material  physical  properties  owned  or  leased  by  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiaries.

The  Company  leases  approximately  30,700  square  feet  in  an  office  building  in  Elkridge,  Maryland  for  its 
corporate headquarters office and approximately 165,500 square feet of office, classroom and warehouse space at 
various other locations throughout the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Mexico and Malaysia. The 
Company  also  leases  approximately  10,000  square  feet  of  office  space  in  White  Plains,  New  York.  NPDC 
continues to occupy a majority of this space and compensates the Company pursuant to a management services 
agreement (see Note 15 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

The facilities owned or leased by the Company are considered to be suitable and adequate for their intended uses 
and are considered to be well maintained and in good condition. 

Item 3: 

Legal Proceedings 

We discuss our legal proceedings in Note 17 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Item 4: 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by 
this report. 

12

 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5:  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 

The  Company’s  Common  Stock,  $0.01  par  value,  is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.  The  following 
table  presents  the  Company’s  high  and  low  market  prices  for  the  last  two  fiscal  years.  During  the  periods 
presented below, the Company has not paid any cash dividends. 

Quarter

Quarter

First
Second
Third
Fourth 

First
Second
Third
Fourth 

$

$

2005

High

Low

8.60    $
8.39   
9.01   
9.06   

2004

6.92   
7.00   
7.58   
6.90   

High

Low

7.93    $
7.60   
7.45   
8.95   

6.29   
6.27   
6.05   
6.64   

The number of shareholders of record of the Common Stock as of February 28, 2006 was 1,277 and the closing 
price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date was $7.20. 

The  Company  has  not  declared  or  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  its  Common  Stock  during  the  two  most  recent 
fiscal  years.  The  Company  does  not  anticipate  paying  cash  dividends  on  its  Common  Stock  in  the  foreseeable 
future and intends to retain future earnings to finance the growth and development of its business, as well as to 
fund  the  repurchase  of  up  to  $5  million  of  its  Common  Stock,  as  authorized  in  connection  with  the  share 
repurchase  and  exchange  transaction  on  January  19,  2006  (see  Note  13  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Financial Statements). In addition, the General Physics Credit Agreement (see Item 7 below) contains restrictive 
covenants,  including  a  prohibition  on  the  payment  of  dividends.  General  Physics  is  currently  restricted  from 
paying  dividends  or  management  fees  to  the  Company  in  excess  of  $1.0 million  in  any  fiscal  year,  with  the 
exception of a waiver by the lender which permits General Physics to provide cash to the Company to repurchase 
up to $5 million of additional shares of its outstanding common stock. 

13

 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan information as of December 31, 2005 

Plan category:

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:
(a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise 

of outstanding options (1)

(b) Weighted average exercise price of outstanding 

options (1)

(c) Number of securities remaining available for future 

issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding 
securities reflected in row (a)) (2)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
(a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise 

of outstanding options, warrants and rights

(b) Weighted average exercise price of outstanding 

options, warrants and rights

(c) Number of securities remaining available for future 
issuance under equity compensation plans

Non-Qualified
Stock Option
Plan

Incentive
Stock Plan

1,411,345

$  4.83

1,331,094

—   

—   

1,732,000   

(1)  Does not include warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock with an exercise price of $2.67 
per share, as adjusted following the spin-offs of NPDC and GSE, and warrants to purchase 984,116 shares 
issued and sold to four Gabelli funds in conjunction with the 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 2008 
at an exercise price of $5.85 per share, as adjusted following the spin-offs of NPDC and GSE. 

(2)  Does not include shares of Common Stock that may be issued to directors of the Company as director fees. 

For a description of the material terms of the Company’s Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and Incentive Stock 
Plan, see Note 12 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Directors  of  the  Company  who  are  not  employees  of  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  receive  an  annual  fee  of 
$10,000,  payable  quarterly.  At  the  option  of  each  director,  up  to  one-half  of  the  annual  fee  could  be  paid  in 
Common Stock. In addition, the directors receive $1,500  for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended, 
and generally do not receive any additional compensation for service on the committees of the Board of Directors 
other than the Audit Committee and in some cases Special Committees which are formed to work on a specific 
project.  Employees  of  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  do  not  receive  additional  compensation  for  serving  as 
directors.

14

 
 
 
Item 6: 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data 

The selected financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements 
and  the  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this  report.  Our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  data  for  the 
years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004,  and  2003  and  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  data  as  of  December 31, 
2005 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this 
report. Our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 and our 
consolidated  balance  sheet  data  as  of  December 31,  2003,  2002,  and  2001  have  been  derived  from  unaudited 
consolidated financial statements, which are not presented in this report.  

On  September  30,  2005,  we  completed  the  spin-off  of  our  majority  ownership  interest  in  GSE,  and  on 
November 24, 2004, we completed the spin-off of NPDC. The results of operations of GSE and NPDC have been 
reclassified as discontinued in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.  

Revenue
Gross profit
Interest expense
Gain on litigation settlement, net
Gain on arbitration award, net
Income (loss) from continuing operations

before taxes 

Income (loss) from continuing operations (1)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,

net of taxes
Net income (loss) 

Diluted income (loss) per share:

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) 

Balance Sheet Data (2)

Cash and cash equivalents (3)
Short-term borrowings
Working capital (deficit)
Total assets
Long-term debt
Stockholders’ equity

$

$

$

2005

Years ended December 31,
2004
2002
2003
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

175,555   $
24,991  
1,518  
5,552  
—  

164,458   $
19,339  
1,937  
—
13,660  

133,875   $
15,401  
2,903  
—
—

142,237   $
15,366  
2,467  
—
—

15,224  
8,457  

(1,244) 
7,213  

14,017  
22,266  

254  
22,520  

(6,691) 
(7,839) 

(437) 
(8,276) 

(3,590) 
(3,766) 

(1,462) 
(5,228) 

2001

175,422  
20,332  
4,418  
—
—

3,854  
377  

(1,322) 
(945) 

0.45  
(0.07) 
0.38   $

1.22  
0.01  
1.23   $

(0.46) 
(0.02) 
(0.48)  $

(0.24) 
(0.10) 
(0.34)  $

0.04  
(0.13) 
(0.09) 

2005

18,118   $
—  
34,804  
134,641  
11,380  
94,342  

December 31,
2004
2002
2003
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2,417   $
6,068  
20,601  
156,035  
11,051  
91,620  

4,416   $

1,516   $

26,521  
17,998  
188,323  
14,861  
92,812  

22,058  
780  
144,905  
6,912  
92,982  

2001

1,705  
32,338  
(2,750) 
160,824  
6,863  
95,943  

(1)

(2)

During 2004, based upon an assessment of the realizability of the Company's deferred tax assets, management considered it more
likely than not that its deferred tax assets would be realized and reduced its deferred tax valuation allowance by $12.2 million,
resulting in a net income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2004.
On September 30, 2005, the Company distributed net assets of $6.8 million in connection with the spin-off of its majority ownership
interest in GSE. On November 24, 2004, the Company distributed net assets of $26.0 million to NPDC in connection with its spin-
off.

(3) Cash and cash equivalents include one-time cash receipts associated with the EDS arbitration award and litigation settlement in 2005.

15

 
 
 
Item 7:  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Results of Operations 

General Overview 

The  Company’s  business  consists  of  its  core  operating  subsidiary,  General  Physics,  a  global  training, 
engineering,  and  consulting  company  that  seeks  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  organizations  by  providing 
training, management consulting, e-Learning solutions and engineering services and products that are customized 
to  meet  the  specific  needs  of  clients.  Clients  include  Fortune  500  companies  and  manufacturing,  process  and 
energy  companies  and  other  commercial  and  governmental  customers.  General  Physics  is  a  global  leader  in 
performance  improvement,  with  four  decades  of  experience  in  providing  solutions  to  optimize  workforce 
performance. 

General Physics operates through its two reportable business segments:  

(cid:120)

Process, Energy & Government – this segment provides engineering consulting, design and evaluation 
services  regarding  facilities,  the  environment,  processes  and  systems,  staff  augmentation,  curriculum 
design and development, and training and technical services primarily to federal and state governmental 
agencies, large government contractors, petroleum and chemical refining companies, and electric power 
utilities.

(cid:120) Manufacturing  &  BPO  -  this  segment  provides  training,  curriculum  design  and  development,  staff 
augmentation, e-Learning services, system hosting, integration and help desk support, business process 
and  training  outsourcing,  and  consulting  and  technical  services  to  large  companies  in  the  automotive, 
steel, pharmaceutical, electronics, and other industries as well as to governmental clients. 

Strategy

The  Company’s  strategic  objectives  include  the  growth  of  its  core  business,  General  Physics,  through 
international  expansion,  selective  acquisitions,  and  the  development  of  relationships  with  new  and  existing 
customers.  The Company also plans to continue to focus on its key initiatives:  Business Process and Training 
Outsourcing;  e-Learning;  and  Domestic  Preparedness  and  Emergency  Management.    The  Company  has 
experienced  growth  across  each  of  these  areas  during  2005  and  2004,  contributing  to  improved  revenue  and 
profit margins.   

Significant Events  

Restructuring of Capital Stock

On January 19, 2006, the Company completed a restructuring of its capital stock, which included the repurchase 
of 2,121,500 shares of its Common Stock at a price of $6.80 per share, the repurchase of 600,000 shares of its 
Class B Stock at a price of $8.30 per share, and the exchange of 600,000 shares of its Class B Stock into 600,000 
shares of Common Stock for a cash premium of $1.50 per exchanged share. The repurchase prices and exchange 
premium were based on a fairness opinion rendered by an independent third party valuation firm. The repurchase 
and exchange transactions were negotiated and approved by a Special Committee of the Board of Directors and 
had the effect of eliminating all outstanding shares of the Company's Class B Stock.  

Prior  to  the  restructuring,  the  1,200,000  outstanding  shares  of  Class  B  Stock  collectively  represented 
approximately  41%  of  the  aggregate  voting  power  of  the  Company  since  the  Class  B  Stock  had  ten  votes  per 
share.    The  repurchase  of  a  total  of  2,721,500  shares  represents  approximately  15%  of  the  total  outstanding 
shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company.    Approximately  $20.3  million  was  required  for  the  repurchase  and 
exchange and was financed with cash on hand.   

16

 
 
 
See Note 13 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding the repurchase 
and exchange transaction. 

Legal Settlement with EDS

On November 23, 2005, the Company settled its remaining claims against Electronic Data Systems Corporation, 
a successor to the Systemhouse subsidiaries of MCI Communications Corporation, arising out of the Company’s 
1998 acquisition of Learning Technologies. Pursuant to the settlement, EDS made a cash payment of $9,000,000 
to the Company on December 14, 2005. The Company recognized a gain on the litigation settlement, net of legal 
fees and expenses, of approximately $5,552,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005.  

In  connection  with  the  spin-off  of  NPDC  on  November  24,  2004,  the  Company  agreed  to  make  an  additional 
capital  contribution  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  first  $5,000,000  of  any  proceeds  (net  of  litigation  expenses  and 
taxes incurred, if any), and 50% of any proceeds (net of litigation expenses and taxes incurred, if any) in excess 
of  $15,000,000,  received  with  respect  to  the  related  litigation  claims.  In  accordance  with  this  agreement,  the 
Company made an additional capital contribution of $5,000,000 in January 2005 from the arbitration proceeds 
awarded the Company in December 2004.  The Company had a payable to NPDC of approximately $1,201,000 
as  of  December  31,  2005  for  the  additional  capital  contribution  relating  to  the  litigation  proceeds  received  in 
December  2005.  Refer  to  Note  17  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further  details 
regarding the litigation. 

Spin-off of GSE

On  September  30,  2005,  the  Company  completed  a  taxable  spin-off  of  its  57%  interest  in  GSE  through  a 
dividend to the Company’s stockholders. On September 30, 2005, stockholders received in the spin-off 0.283075 
shares  of  GSE  common  stock  for  each  share  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  or  Class  B  Stock  held  on  the 
record date of September 19, 2005. Following the spin-off, the Company ceased to have any ownership interest 
in  GSE  and  the  operations  of  GSE  have  been  reclassified  as  discontinued  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
statements of operations for all periods presented herein.   

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS  No. 
144),  discontinued  businesses  are  removed  from  the  results  of  continuing  operations  and  are  classified  as 
discontinued  operations  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  following  table  sets  forth  the 
components  of  income  (loss)  from  discontinued  operations  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004,  and 
2003 (in thousands):  

Revenue
Operating income (loss)
Interest expense
Income tax expense (benefit)
Income (loss) from discontinued

operations, net of income taxes

$

2005

2004

2003

17,617    $
(2,479)  
251   
208   

133,581    $
2,027   
1,284   
573   

(1,244)  

254   

34,803   
277   
722   
(262)  

(437)  

Discontinued  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  include  the  results  of  GSE, 
which  was  distributed  in  the  spin-off  effective  September  30,  2005  as  discussed  above.  The  results  of  the 
discontinued operations for 2004 and 2003 also include the results of MXL Industries, Inc. (“MXL”), Five Star 
Products,  Inc.  (“Five  Star”),  and  certain  other  non-core  assets,  which  were  distributed  to  NPDC  in  connection 
with the spin-off effective November 24, 2004.   

17

 
 
 
Operating Highlights 

Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  income  from  continuing  operations  before  income 
taxes  of  $15,224,000  compared  to  $14,017,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004.  The  improved  results 
were primarily due to increased operating income of $4,696,000 for General Physics’ two business segments, a 
decrease in general and administrative expenses of $4,379,000 at the corporate level, and a decrease in interest 
expense  of  $419,000.    Corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  2004  included  corporate  overhead 
expenses that were for the benefit of both continuing and discontinued operations, which were not allocated to 
discontinued operations unless they were solely attributable to NPDC.  These increases were offset by a decrease 
of  $8,108,000  in  income  relating  to  the  EDS  litigation  in  2005  compared  to  2004.  In  2005,  the  Company 
recognized  a  gain  on  the  litigation  settlement,  net  of  legal  fees  and  expenses,  of  approximately  $5,552,000 
compared  to  a  gain  on  the  arbitration  award,  net  of  legal  fees  and  expenses,  of  approximately  $13,660,000  in 
2004. 

Revenue

Process, Energy & Government

Manufacturing & BPO

Elimination of intercompany revenue with GSE

Years ended December 31,

2005

2004

(Dollars in thousands)

85,953    $

90,127   

(525)  

84,193   

80,873   

(608)  

175,555    $

164,458   

$

$

Process,  Energy  &  Government  revenue  increased  $1.8 million  or  2.1%  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2005 compared to 2004. The increase in revenue is primarily due to increased contract scopes with several of our 
existing government and energy customers to provide various training, engineering, and domestic preparedness 
services.    These  increases  were  offset  by  decreases  in  revenue  due  to  the  completion  of  various  non-recurring 
contracts during 2005, a $0.3 million write-off related to a management consulting and emergency management 
services contract, and a decrease in revenue related to hurricane recovery services performed in 2005 compared 
to 2004.  Revenue from hurricane recovery services, primarily in the State of Louisiana, totaled approximately 
$2.3 million in 2005 compared to similar services provided in the State of Florida totaling approximately $5.4 
million in 2004. The Company cannot anticipate that these services will be a continuing stream of revenue going 
forward.

Manufacturing  &  BPO  revenue  increased  $9.3 million  or  11.4%  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005 
compared to 2004. The increase in revenue is due to net increases of approximately $7.3 million of revenue from 
training  and  business  process  outsourcing  services  provided  to  customers  primarily  in  the  electronics  industry, 
net  increases  of  approximately  $2.6  million  of  revenue  from  increased  system  implementation  and  hosting 
services primarily to the federal government, and net increases of approximately $2.0 million of revenue from 
other  professional  development  and  training  courses  provided  primarily  to  customers  in  the  steel  and 
manufacturing industries. The Company continues to expand the scope of services provided to new and existing 
business  process  and  training  outsource  customers.  These  increases  in  revenue  were  slightly  offset  by  other 
decreases  in  revenue,  primarily  due  to  the  change  in  contract  scopes  with  a  business  process  outsourcing 
customer during 2005 which resulted in a decrease in revenue of $5.4 million. 

18

 
 
 
Gross profit 

Years ended December 31,

2005

% Revenue

2004

% Revenue

(Dollars in thousands)

Process, Energy & Government

Manufacturing & BPO

Elimination of intercompany revenue with GSE

$

$

16,212  

9,304  

(525) 

24,991  

18.9% $

10.3%

—

14.2% $

14,727  

5,220  

(608) 

19,339  

17.5%

6.5%

—

11.8%

Process, Energy & Government gross profit of $16.2 million or 18.9% of revenue for the year ended December 
31, 2005 increased by $1.5 million or 10.1% when compared to gross profit of approximately $14.7 million or 
17.5% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase in gross profit was primarily driven by an 
increase  in  revenue  from  training  services  provided  to  our  government  and  energy  customers,  excluding  the 
decreases in revenue discussed above. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to 
a decrease in overhead expenses as a percentage of revenue as our infrastructure costs have not increased at the 
same rate as our revenue growth. 

Manufacturing & BPO gross profit of $9.3 million or 10.3% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005 
increased  by  $4.1  million  or  78.2%  when  compared  to  gross  profit  of  approximately  $5.2  million  or  6.5%  of 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase in gross profit was primarily driven by an increase 
in  revenue  from  business  process  outsourcing  and  training  outsourcing  services  as  well  as  a  decrease  in  lower 
margin  subcontractor  utilization  and  an  increase  in  higher  margin  internal  labor  utilization  on  several  business 
process  outsourcing  contracts.  The  Company  experienced  increased  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  revenue 
during  2005  as  it  continued  to  expand  services  provided  to  new  and  existing  customers.  Additionally, 
infrastructure costs have not increased at the same rate as our revenue growth, resulting in increased profitability.  

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

SG&A expenses decreased $3.5 million or 20.0% from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 
$14.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005.    This  decrease  is  primarily  related  to  a  decrease  in 
corporate SG&A expenses primarily due to the spin-off of NPDC in November 2004, which resulted in lower 
overhead  costs  in  2005  compared  to  2004.  SG&A  expense  in  2004  included  corporate  overhead  expenses  that 
were  for  the  benefit  of  both  continuing  and  discontinued  operations.    Only  those  costs  that  were  solely 
attributable  to  NPDC  were  allocated  to  discontinued  operations  in  2004.    NPDC  pays  the  Company  a  fee 
pursuant  to  the  management  services  agreement,  which  is  reflected  as  a  reduction  of  SG&A  expense  in  the 
accompanying  consolidated  statement  of  operations  (see  Note  15  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements  for  further  details).  The  decrease  in  corporate  SG&A  also  includes  a  decrease  in  executive 
compensation  in  2005  compared  to  2004.    In  2004,  SG&A  expense  included  an  incentive  payment  of  $2.0 
million  to  the  Company’s  former  Chief  Executive  Officer,  which  did  not  recur  in  2005  (see  Note  15  to  the 
accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for further details).  These decreases in corporate SG&A were 
offset  by  an  increase  in  SG&A  at  General  Physics  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  staff  and  an  increase  in  the 
provision for uncollectible accounts receivable. 

Interest expense 

Interest  expense  decreased  $0.4  million  or  21.6%  from  $1.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  to 
$1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily attributable to General Physics’ 
repayment of its short-term borrowings in January 2005 with the proceeds received from the arbitration award.  

19

 
 
 
Other Income 

Other income decreased $0.3 million or 52.4% from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $0.2 
million for the year ended December 31, 2005.  The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in interest income 
primarily from the arbitration award in 2004 which did not recur in 2005. 

Gain from litigation settlement and arbitration award 

The Company recognized a gain of $5.6 million from the litigation settlement proceeds paid by EDS in the fourth 
quarter of 2005, net of legal fees and expenses, compared to a gain of $13.7 million from the arbitration award in 
2004, net of legal fees and expenses (see Note 17 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Income taxes 

Income tax expense was $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to an income tax benefit 
of  $8.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004.  In  assessing  the  realizability  of  its  deferred  tax  assets, 
management  considered  it  more  likely  than  not  that  its  deferred  tax  assets  would  be  realized  and  reduced  its 
deferred tax valuation allowance by $12.2 million in 2004.  This was offset by the current tax provision of $4.0 
million, resulting in a net income tax benefit of $8.2 million in 2004. As of December 31, 2005, the Company 
had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $31.1 million, which expire during 2022 and 2023. 

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended December 31, 2003 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  income  from  continuing  operations  before  income 
taxes of $14,017,000 compared to a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $6,691,000 for the 
year ended December 31, 2003.  The improved results were primarily due to the gain from the arbitration award 
of $13,660,000 in 2004, increased operating income of $4,648,000 for General Physics’ two business segments, a 
decrease in general and administrative expenses of $3,960,000 at the corporate level, and a decrease in interest 
expense  of  $966,000.    Corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  2004  included  corporate  overhead 
expenses that were for the benefit of both continuing and discontinued operations, which were not allocated to 
discontinued  operations  unless  they  were  solely  attributable  to  NPDC.    In  2004,  General  Physics  showed 
increases in profit and revenue.  The improvement in performance was primarily attributable to the Company’s 
key  initiatives:  Business  Process  and  Training  Outsourcing;  e-Learning;  and  Domestic  Preparedness  and 
Emergency  Management.    The  Company  experienced  growth  across  each  of  these  areas,  contributing  to  the 
improved revenue and profit margins.   

Revenue

Process, Energy & Government

Manufacturing & BPO

Elimination of intercompany revenue with GSE

Years ended December 31,

2004

2003

(Dollars in thousands)

84,193    $

80,873   

(608)  

76,932   

57,043   

(100)  

164,458    $

133,875   

$

$

Process,  Energy  &  Government  revenue  increased  $7.3 million  or  9.4%  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2004 compared to 2003. The increase in revenue is primarily due to an increase of approximately $5.4 million 
during 2004 related to hurricane relief services provided in the State of Florida. The net increase in revenue is 
also  due  to  increased  contract  awards  for  government  training  and  domestic  preparedness  services,  offset  by 
decreases in revenue due to the normal completion of non-recurring projects during 2004. 

20

 
 
 
Manufacturing  &  BPO  revenue  increased  $23.8 million  or  41.8%  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004 
compared to 2003. The increase is primarily due to increases in revenue from the organization’s business process 
outsource  and  e-Learning  businesses.    The  business  process  outsourcing  organization  received  new  contracts 
from  both  government  and  commercial  clients  at  the  end  of  2003  and  in  2004  to  provide  outsourced  training 
management  services.    The  e-Learning  organization  was  awarded  several  new  contracts  in  2004  with  the  U.S. 
government to provide hosting and learning management systems integration services.  The overall increase in 
revenue was offset by a continued decline in training-related revenue with certain automotive clients.   

Gross profit 

Years ended December 31,

2004

% Revenue

(Dollars in thousands)

2003

% Revenue

Process, Energy & Government

Manufacturing & BPO
Elimination of intercompany revenue with GSE

$

$

14,727  

5,220  
(608) 

19,339  

17.5% $

6.5%
—

11.8% $

13,211  

2,290  
(100) 

15,401  

17.2%

4.0%
—

11.5%

Process, Energy & Government gross profit of $14.7 million or 17.5% of revenue for the year ended December 
31, 2004 increased by $1.5 million or 11.5% when compared to gross profit of approximately $13.2 million or 
17.2% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase in gross profit was primarily driven by an 
increase  in  revenue  for  training  services  provided  to  our  government  and  energy  customers.  While  overhead 
expenses remained relatively flat year over year, the incremental profit increase was offset slightly by increases 
in employee benefits due to the growth of the business. 

Manufacturing & BPO gross profit of $5.2 million or 6.5% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 
increased by $2.9 million or 127.9% when compared to gross profit of approximately $2.3 million or 4.0% of 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase in gross profit was primarily driven by an increase 
in  revenue  from  business  process  outsourcing  and  training  outsourcing  services.  While  overhead  expenses 
remained  relatively  flat  year  over  year,  the  incremental  profit  increase  was  offset  slightly  by  increases  in 
employee benefits due to the growth of the business. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

SG&A expenses decreased $4.2 million or 19.2% during the year ended December 31, 2004 from $21.7 million 
in 2003 to $17.5 million in 2004. This decrease is primarily due to reduced executive compensation and payroll 
costs  of  $1.5 million  as  well  as  reduced  legal  and  other  professional  fees  of  $2.5 million;  SG&A  in  2004  and 
2003  included  corporate  overhead  expenses  that  were  for  the  benefit  of  both  continuing  and  discontinued 
operations.  Only  those  costs  that  were  solely  attributable  to  the  discontinued  business  segments  have  been 
allocated to discontinued operations. 

Interest expense 

Interest expense decreased $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2004 from $2.9 million in 2003 to 
$1.9 million in 2004.  The decrease was primarily attributable to lower General Physics interest expense, due to 
lower  average  borrowing  levels  in  2004  as  compared  to  2003,  offset  by  the  Company’s  write-off  of  deferred 
financing costs on its prior credit agreement of $0.9 million.  

21

 
 
 
Other Income 

Other income was $0.5 million for both the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 and was primarily related 
to interest income on loans receivable and other income.  

Gain from arbitration settlement 

The Company recognized a gain of $13.7 million from the arbitration award related to the EDS litigation in the 
fourth quarter of 2004, net of legal fees and expenses (see Note 17 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial 
Statements). 

Income taxes 

Income  tax  benefit  was  $8.2 million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  as  a  result  of  the  Company’s 
reduction  in  valuation  allowance,  offset  by  the  current  tax  provision,  compared  to  income  tax  expense  of 
$1.1 million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003.  In  assessing  the  realizability  of  its  deferred  tax  assets, 
management  considered  it  more  likely  than  not  that  its  deferred  tax  assets  would  be  realized  and  reduced  its 
deferred tax valuation allowance by $12.2 million in 2004. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Working Capital

As  of  December 31,  2005,  the  Company  had  cash  and  cash equivalents  totaling  $18.1 million.  On  January  19, 
2006, the Company completed a restructuring of its capital stock in which it used approximately $20.3 million of 
cash on hand to repurchase 2,121,500 shares of its Common Stock and 600,000 shares of its Class B Stock, and 
to exchange 600,000 shares of its Class B Stock into 600,000 shares of Common Stock. In connection with the 
capital  stock  restructuring,  the  Company  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  $5  million  of  additional  common 
shares  from  time  to  time  in  the  open  market,  subject  to  prevailing  business  and  market  conditions  and  other 
factors.  See  Note  13  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further  details  regarding  the 
repurchase and exchange transaction.  

On February 14, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of Peters Management Consultancy Ltd. (PMC), 
a performance improvement and training company in the United Kingdom.  The purchase price was $1.3 million 
in cash, subject to a post-closing adjustment based on actual net equity, plus contingent payments of up to $0.9 
million based upon the achievement of certain performance targets during the first year following completion of 
the acquisition. 

The Company believes that cash generated from operations and borrowings available under the General Physics 
Credit Agreement ($19.2 million of available borrowings as of January 31, 2006) will be sufficient to fund the 
working capital and other requirements of the Company for the foreseeable future. 

The Company’s working capital increased $14.2 million during 2005 from $20.6 million at December 31, 2004 
to $34.8 million at December 31, 2005. The Company’s working capital increased during 2005 primarily due to 
an  increase  in  cash  from  operations  as  well  as  the  receipt  of  proceeds  from  the  EDS  arbitration  award  of 
$13,660,000  in  January  2005  and  the  litigation  settlement  of  approximately  $5,552,000,  net  of  legal  fees  and 
expenses, in December 2005 (see Note 17 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

22

 
 
 
Cash Flows 

Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004 

The  Company’s  cash  balance  increased  $15.7  million  from  $2.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2004  to  $18.1 
million at December 31, 2005. The increase in cash and cash equivalents during the year ended December 31, 
2005  resulted  from  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  of  $19.3  million,  offset  by  cash  used  in  investing 
activities of $1.0 million, and cash used in financing activities of $2.6 million.  Cash flows from discontinued 
operations  are  combined  with  cash  flows  from  continuing  operations  within  the  operating,  investing,  and 
financing activities categories in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows through the effective 
dates of the spin-offs of GSE and NPDC. 

Cash provided by operating activities was $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $4.2 
million in 2004.  The increase in cash compared to the prior period is primarily due to receipt of proceeds from 
the  EDS  arbitration  award  of  $13.8  million  in  January  2005  (including  post-award  interest)  and  the  receipt  of 
proceeds  from  the  litigation  settlement  of  $5.6  million  in  December  2005.  This  increase  in  cash  flows  from 
operating activities was offset by a decrease in net income of approximately $15.3 million. Additionally, there 
was  a  decrease  in  other  operating  items  in  2005  compared  to  2004  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  accrued 
expenses  related  to  the  payout  of  $5  million  of  the  EDS  arbitration  proceeds  to  NPDC  in  2005  which  was 
accrued for as of December 31, 2004 (see Note 17 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements).  

Cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $1.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005  compared  to  $1.4 
million in 2004.  The decrease in cash used in investing activities is primarily due to a decrease in cash proceeds 
from the sale of marketable securities by NPDC of approximately $0.6 million in 2004 that did not recur in 2005, 
offset  by  a  decrease  in  capital  expenditures  for  property,  plant  and  equipment  of  approximately  $0.8  million 
during 2005 compared to 2004. In 2004, cash used for capital expenditures included $0.7 million related to the 
discontinued operations of GSE and NPDC.  

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $2.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005  compared  to  $4.9 
million for the same period of 2004.  The decrease in cash used in financing activities is primarily due to net cash 
proceeds of $2.0 million in 2005 from GSE’s issuance of subordinated debt, as well as additional borrowings by 
GSE of approximately $1.2 million under General Physics’ Credit Agreement during 2005, prior to the spin-off. 
Additionally, the Company contributed $0.8 million of cash to GSE in 2005 and $2.5 million of cash to NPDC in 
2004 in connection with the spin-offs. Cash used in financing activities also decreased as a result of an increase 
of  $0.5  million  of  cash  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  Common  Stock,  primarily  for  the  exercise  of  employee 
stock options, in 2005 compared to 2004.  These increases in cash were offset by a decrease in cash due to the 
repayment by General Physics of its short-term borrowings of $6.1 million in 2005 compared to repayments of 
short-term borrowings and long-term debt of approximately $3.0 million in 2004.  

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended December 31, 2003 

The Company’s cash balance decreased $2.0 million from $4.4 million as of December 31, 2003 to $2.4 million 
at  December  31,  2004.  The  decrease  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004 
resulted from cash provided by operating activities of $4.2 million, offset by cash used in investing activities of 
$1.4 million and cash used in financing activities of $4.9 million, and a positive effect of exchange rate changes 
on cash of $0.1 million.  Cash flows from discontinued operations are combined with cash flows from continuing 
operations within the operating, investing, and financing activities categories in the accompanying consolidated 
statements of cash flows through the effective date of the spin-off of NPDC. 

Cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $1.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  compared  to  $1.6 
million in 2003.  The decrease in cash used was primarily due to a decrease in expenditures for property, plant 

23

 
 
 
and equipment and a decrease in cash used for other investing activities, offset by a decrease in cash proceeds 
from  the  sale  of  marketable  securities  in  2004  compared  to  2003.    Cash  proceeds  from  investing  activities 
included  $0.6  million  and  $2.1  million  from  the  sale  of  marketable  securities  in  2004  and  2003,  respectively, 
which were related to the discontinued operations of NPDC.  

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $4.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  compared  to  $0.9 
million  in  2003.  The  increase  in  cash  used  was  primarily  due  to  the  repayment  of  short-term  borrowings  and 
long-term debt totaling $3.0 million in 2004, compared to net proceeds of long-term debt of $13.7 million offset 
by the repayment of short-term borrowings of $13.5 million. Additionally, the Company contributed $2.5 million 
of cash to NPDC in 2004 in connection with its spin-off on November 24, 2004. The increase in cash used in 
financing activities was offset by a decrease due to the use of cash in 2003 for deferred financing costs of $1.6 
million which did not recur in 2004. 

Long-term Debt and Short-term Borrowings 

In August 2003, the Company issued and sold to four Gabelli funds $7.5 million aggregate principal amount of 
6%  Conditional  Subordinated  Notes  due  2008  (Gabelli  Notes)  and  937,500  warrants  (GP  Warrants),  each 
entitling the holder thereof to purchase (subject to adjustment) one share of the Company’s Common Stock at an 
exercise price of $8.00. The aggregate purchase price for the Gabelli Notes and GP Warrants was $7.5 million. 
The Gabelli Notes are secured by a mortgage on the Company’s former property located in Pawling, New York 
which  was  distributed  to  NPDC.  In  addition,  at  any  time  that  less  than  $1.0 million  principal  amount  of  the 
Gabelli Notes are outstanding, the Company may defease the obligations secured by the mortgage and obtain a 
release of the mortgage. Subsequent to the spin-offs of NPDC and GSE and in accordance with the anti-dilution 
provisions of the warrant agreement, the number of GP Warrants was adjusted to 984,116 and the exercise price 
was adjusted to $5.85 per share. 

In October 2003, the Company issued a five-year 5% note due in full in October 2008 in the principal amount of 
$5,250,955 to ManTech International (ManTech). Interest is payable quarterly. Each year during the term of the 
note, ManTech has the option to convert up to 20% of the original principal amount of the note into Common 
Stock of the Company at the then market price of the Company’s Common Stock, but only in the event that the 
Company’s Common Stock is trading at $10 per share or more. In the event that less than 20% of the principal 
amount  of  the  note  is  not  converted  in  any  year,  such  amount  not  converted  will  be  eligible  for  conversion  in 
each subsequent year until converted or until the note is repaid in cash. 

General Physics has a $25 million Credit Agreement with a bank that expires on August 13, 2007, as amended, 
with annual renewal options, and is secured by certain assets of General Physics.  The interest rate on borrowings 
under  the  Credit  Agreement  is  at  the  daily  LIBOR  Market  Index  Rate  plus  3.00%.  Based  upon  the  financial 
performance of General Physics, the interest rate can be reduced (as of December 31, 2005, the rate was reduced 
to LIBOR plus 2.50% for General Physics).  The Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants. 
General Physics is currently restricted from paying dividends and management fees to the Company in excess of 
$1.0 million in any fiscal year, with the exception of a waiver by the lender which permits General Physics to 
provide  cash  to  the  Company  to  repurchase  up  to  $5  million  of  additional  shares  of  its  outstanding  Common 
Stock (see Note 13 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements).  The Company repaid in full the 
$6.1  million  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement  as  of  December  31,  2004  in  January  of  2005,  using  the 
proceeds  received  from  the  EDS  arbitration  award  (see  Note  17  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements).    As  of  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  no  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Credit 
Agreement  and  there  was  approximately  $20,558,000  of  available  borrowings  based  upon  80%  of  eligible 
accounts receivable and 80% of eligible unbilled receivables.

24

 
 
 
Contractual Payment Obligations 

The Company enters into various agreements that result in contractual obligations in connection with its business 
activities.  These obligations primarily relate to our financing arrangements (such as long-term debt and capital 
and operating leases), purchase commitments under non-cancelable contracts for certain products and services, 
and  contractual  obligations  to  certain  of  the  Company’s  officers  under  employment  contracts.  The  following 
table summarizes the Company’s total contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2005 (in thousands): 

2006

2007 –
2008

Payments due in
2009 –
2010

After
2010

Long-term debt:
Principal
Interest

Total 

Capital lease commitments
Operating lease commitments
Purchase commitments *
Employment agreements

$

—   $

713  
713  
94  
3,604  
1,027  
3,713  

12,751   $
1,204  
13,955  
21  
4,172  
775  
1,964  

—   $
—
—
—
2,575  
—
—

—   $
—  
—  
—  
4,843  
—  
—  

Total

12,751  
1,917  
14,668  
115  
15,194  
1,802  
5,677  

Total

$

9,151   $

20,887   $

2,575   $

4,843   $

37,456  

* Excludes purchase orders for goods and services entered into by the Company in the ordinary course of business, which are non-

binding and subject to amendment or termination within a reasonable notification period.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments 

Subsequent to the spin-off of NPDC, the Company continues to guarantee certain operating leases for Five Star’s 
New Jersey and Connecticut warehouses, aggregating $1.6 million annually through the first quarter of 2007. 

Subsequent to the spin-off of NPDC, the Company continues to guarantee the repayment of two debt obligations 
of MXL, which are secured by property and certain equipment of MXL.  The aggregate outstanding balance as of 
December  31,  2005  was  $1.4  million.    The  Company’s  guarantees  expire  upon  the  maturity  of  the  debt 
obligations which are October 1, 2006 and March 31, 2011. 

The Company continued to guarantee GSE’s borrowings under General Physics’ Credit Agreement (under which 
$1.5 million was allocated for use by GSE) subsequent to the spin-off on September 30, 2005.  As of December 
31,  2005,  GSE  had  borrowings  of  $1,182,000  under  the  Credit  Agreement.    In  March  2006,  GSE  repaid  its 
borrowings in full and ceased to be a Borrower under the Credit Agreement.  

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had one outstanding letter of credit for $290,000 which expires in 2006, 
and had one outstanding performance bond for $908,000 which expires in 2006.  

The  Company  does  not  have  any  off-balance  sheet  financing  except  for  operating  leases  and  letters  of  credit 
entered into in the normal course of business and the items disclosed above. 

25

 
 
 
Management Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts 
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually 
evaluated  based  on  available  information  and  experience.  Because  of  the  use  of  estimates  inherent  in  the 
financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Certain  of  our  accounting  policies  require  higher  degrees  of  judgment  than  others  in  their  application.  These 
include  revenue  recognition,  valuation  of  accounts  receivable,  impairment  of  intangible  assets,  including 
goodwill,  and  valuation  of  deferred  tax  assets,  which  are  summarized  below.  In  addition,  Note 2  to  the 
accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  includes  further  discussion  of  our  significant  accounting 
policies.

Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  provides  services  under  time-and-materials,  cost-reimbursable,  and  fixed-price  (including  fixed-
fee per transaction) contracts to both government and commercial customers. Each contract has different terms 
based on the scope, deliverables and complexity of the engagement, requiring the Company to make judgments 
and estimates about recognizing revenue. Revenue is recognized as services are performed.  

Under  time-and-materials  contracts,  as  well  as  certain  government  cost-reimbursable  and  certain  fixed-price 
contracts, the contractual billing schedules are based on the specified level of resources the Company is obligated 
to  provide.  As  a  result,  for  these  “level-of-effort”  contracts,  the  contractual  billing  amount  for  the  period  is  a 
measure of performance and, therefore, revenue is recognized in that amount.  

Revenue under government fixed price and certain commercial contracts is recognized using the percentage of 
completion  method  in  accordance  with  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Statement  of 
Position  81-1,  Accounting  for  Performance  of  Construction-Type  and  Certain  Production-Type  Contracts.   
Under  the  percentage-of-completion  method,  management  estimates  the  percentage-of-completion  based  upon 
costs  incurred  as  a  percentage  of  the  total  estimated  costs.  When  total  cost  estimates  exceed  revenues,  the 
estimated  losses  are  recognized  immediately.  The  use  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  requires 
significant judgment relative to estimating total contract revenues and costs, including assumptions relative to the 
length of time to complete the project, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, and anticipated 
changes  in  estimated  salaries  and  other  costs.  Estimates  of  total  contract  revenues  and  costs  are  continuously 
monitored during the term of the contract, and recorded revenues and costs are subject to revision as the contract 
progresses.  When  revisions  in  estimated  contract  revenues  and  costs  are  determined,  such  adjustments  are 
recorded in the period in which they are first identified.   

For commercial fixed-fee per transaction contracts, revenue is recognized during the period in which services are 
delivered  in  accordance  with  the  pricing  outlined  in  the  contracts.    For  other  commercial  fixed  price  contracts 
which  typically  involve  a  discrete  project,  such  as  development  of  training  content  and  materials,  design  of 
training  processes,  software  implementation,  or  engineering  projects,  the  contractual  billing  schedules  are  not 
based on the specified level of resources the Company is obligated to provide. These discrete projects generally 
do not contain milestones or other reliable measures of performance. As a result, revenue on these arrangements 
is  recognized  using  the  percentage-of-completion  method  based  on  the  relationship  of  costs  incurred  to  total 
estimated costs expected to be incurred over the term of the contract. The Company believes this methodology is 
a  reasonable  measure  of  proportional  performance  since  performance  primarily  involves  personnel  costs  and 
services are provided to the customer throughout the course of the projects through regular communications of 
progress toward completion and other project deliverables. In addition, the customer typically is required to pay 
the Company for the proportionate amount of work and cost incurred in the event of contract termination.  

26

 
 
 
Certain of the Company’s fixed price commercial contracts contain revenue arrangements with multiple 
deliverables.  The Company applies the separation guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 00-21, 
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (EITF 00-21), for these types of contracts.  Revenue 
arrangements with multiple deliverables are evaluated to determine if the deliverables can be divided into more 
than one unit of accounting. For contracts determined to have more than one unit of accounting, the Company 
recognizes revenue for each deliverable based on the revenue recognition policies discussed above; that is, the 
Company recognizes revenue in accordance with work performed and costs incurred, with fee being allocated 
proportionately over the service period.  Within each multiple deliverable project, there is objective and reliable 
fair value across all units of the arrangement, as discounts are not offered or applied to one deliverable versus 
another, and the rates bid across all deliverables are consistent.  

As part of the Company’s on-going operations to provide services to its customers, incidental expenses, which 
are commonly referred to as “out-of-pocket” expenses, are billed to customers, either directly as a pass-through 
cost  or  indirectly  as  a  cost  estimated  in  proposing  on  fixed-price  contracts.  Out-of-pocket  expenses  include 
expenses  such  as  airfare,  mileage,  hotel  stays,  out-of-town  meals  and  telecommunication  charges.  The 
Company’s  policy  provides  for  these  expenses  to  be  recorded  as  both  revenue  and  direct  cost  of  services  in 
accordance with the provisions of EITF 01-14, Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received 
for “Out-of-Pocket” Expenses Incurred.

Valuation of Accounts Receivable 

Provisions  for  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  are  made  based  on  specific  collection  risks  identified  by  the 
Company. Measurement of such losses requires consideration of the historical loss experience of the Company 
and its subsidiaries, judgments about customer credit risk and the need to adjust for current economic conditions. 
The allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.2 million at December 31, 2005. 

Impairment of Intangible Assets, Including Goodwill 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is no longer amortized, but 
instead tested for impairment at least annually. The goodwill impairment test requires the Company to identify its 
reporting  units  (as  defined  in  SFAS  No.  131)  and  obtain  estimates  of  the  fair  values  of  those  units  as  of  the 
testing date.  The Company uses a third party valuation firm to estimate the fair values of its reporting units using 
discounted  cash  flow  valuation  models.  These  estimates  are  formed  by  evaluating  historical  trends,  current 
budgets,  operating  plans  and  industry  data.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004,  and  2003,  the 
estimated fair values of each reporting unit exceeded their respective carrying values, indicating the underlying 
goodwill of each unit was not impaired at the respective testing dates. The timing and frequency of our goodwill 
impairment tests are based on an ongoing assessment of events and circumstances that would more than likely 
reduce  the  estimated  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  below  its  carrying  value.  The  Company  will  continue  to 
monitor its goodwill for impairment and conduct formal tests when impairment indicators are present. A decline 
in the fair value of any reporting unit below its carrying value is an indicator that the underlying goodwill of the 
unit  is  potentially  impaired.  This  would  require  a  comparison  of  the  implied  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit’s 
goodwill  to  its  carrying  value.  An  impairment  loss  is  required  for  the  amount  which  the  carrying  value  of  a 
reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill 
would become the new cost basis of the reporting unit’s goodwill. 

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets  

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are  recognized  for  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying 
amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  basis  and  for  operating  loss  and  tax  credit 
carryforwards.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to 
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered. In assessing the 

27

 
 
 
realizability  of  the  deferred  tax  assets,  the  Company  considers  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is 
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are 
deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  projected  future  taxable 
income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon these factors, management believes it 
is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  Company  will  realize  the  benefits  of  deferred  tax  assets,  net  of  the  valuation 
allowance.  The  valuation  allowance  relates  to  both  foreign  and  domestic  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for 
which the Company does not believe the benefits will be realized. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had 
federal net operating loss carryforwards of $31.1 million, which expire during 2022 and 2023. 

Accounting Standards Issued 

We  discuss  recently  issued  accounting  standards  in  Note  2  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.   

Item 7A: 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  the  impact  of  interest  rate,  market  risks  and  currency  fluctuations.  In  the  normal 
course of business, the Company employs internal processes to manage its exposure to interest rate, market risks 
and  currency  fluctuations.  The  Company’s  objective  in  managing  its  interest  rate  risk  is  to  limit  the  impact  of 
interest  rate  changes  on  earnings  and  cash  flows  and  to  lower  its  overall  borrowing  costs.  The  Company 
estimates  that  the  fair  value  of  its  long-term  debt  approximates  its  carrying  amount  as  the  stated  interest  rates 
approximate prevailing market rates. 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  the  impact  of  currency  fluctuations  because  of  its  international  operations.  The 
Company’s  net  investment  in  its  foreign  subsidiaries,  including  intercompany  balances,  at  December 31,  2005 
was  not  significant,  and  accordingly,  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  do  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial position.  

The Company’s revenues and profitability are related to general levels of economic activity and employment in 
the United States and the United Kingdom. As a result, any significant economic downturn or recession in one or 
both of those countries could harm our business and financial condition. A significant portion of the Company’s 
revenues is derived from Fortune 500 level companies and their international equivalents, which historically have 
adjusted  expenditures  for  external  training  during  economic  downturns.  If  the  economies  in  which  these 
companies  operate  weaken  in  any  future  period,  these  companies  may  not  increase  or  may  reduce  their 
expenditures on external training, which could adversely affect the Company’s business and financial condition. 

28

 
 
 
Item 8: 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Financial Statements of GP Strategies Corporation and Subsidiaries: 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) – 

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page

30 

33 

34 

35 

36 

38

29 

 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
GP Strategies Corporation: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GP Strategies Corporation and subsidiaries as 
of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and 
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2005. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial 
statement  schedule  listed  under  item  15a(2).    These  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement 
schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on 
these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.   

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial  position  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  and  the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2005,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related 
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a 
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States),  the  effectiveness  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2005,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework
issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO),  and  our  report 
dated March 15, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and an adverse opinion 
on the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting. 

Baltimore, Maryland 
March 15, 2006

30

 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
GP Strategies Corporation:  

We  have  audited  management's  assessment,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Annual  Report  on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting (Item 9A(b)), that GP Strategies Corporation did not maintain effective 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, because of the effect of the material weakness 
identified in management’s assessment, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework 
issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  GP  Strategies 
Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and 
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit 
included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  evaluating  management's 
assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such 
other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the 
company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a 
remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented 
or detected. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management's assessment as of 
December 31, 2005:   

The  Company’s  account  reconciliation  and  management  review  controls  over  the  accounting  for 
income taxes were not operating effectively because of the lack of adequate tax accounting expertise as 
of December 31, 2005.  As a result, there was a material misstatement in the Company’s income tax 
provision. 

31

 
 
 
We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of GP Strategies Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 
31,  2005  and  2004,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  stockholders’  equity  and 
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2005.  The  aforementioned  material  weakness  was  considered  in  determining  the  nature,  timing,  and  extent  of 
audit tests applied in our audit of the 2005 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our 
report dated March 15, 2006, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

In  our  opinion,  management's  assessment  that  GP  Strategies  Corporation  did  not  maintain  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the 
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of the material 
weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, GP Strategies Corporation 
has  not  maintained  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2005,  based  on  the 
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

Baltimore, Maryland 
March 15, 2006 

32

 
 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2005 and 2004
(In thousands, except shares and par value per share)

Current assets:

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash held in escrow from arbitration settlement
Accounts and other receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts

of $1,166 in 2005 and $917 in 2004

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on

uncompleted contracts

Deferred tax assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net

Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:

Current maturities of long-term debt
Short-term borrowings
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on

uncompleted contracts

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt less current maturities
Other noncurrent liabilities

Total liabilities

Minority interest

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share

Authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued none

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share

Authorized 25,000,000 shares; issued 17,116,575 shares in 2005 and

16,669,757 shares in 2004 (of which 2,379 shares in 2005 and 8,994 
shares in 2004 are held in treasury)
Class B capital stock, par value $0.01 per share

Authorized 2,800,000 shares; 1,200,000 shares issued and outstanding

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Unearned compensation
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Note receivable from stockholder
Treasury stock at cost

Total stockholders’ equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

33

2005

2004

$

18,118    $
—    

26,390   

11,487   
1,174   
5,451   

62,620   

1,857   
57,483   
647   

10,391   
1,643   

2,417   
13,798   

31,114   

16,834   
1,478   
4,350   

69,991   

2,673   
63,867   
1,024   

15,164   
3,316   

$

$

134,641    $

156,035   

71    $
—    
20,315   

7,430   

27,816   

11,309   
1,174   

40,299   

—    

100   
6,068   
33,219   

10,003   

49,390   

10,951   
1,739   

62,080   

2,335   

—    

—    

171   

167   

12   
168,737   
(71,710)  
(1,133)  
(1,087)  
(619)  
(29)  
94,342   

$

134,641    $

12   
171,852   
(78,923)  
—    
(761)  
(619)  
(108)  
91,620   

156,035   

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue
Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Operating income (loss)

Interest expense

Other income (including interest income of

$296 in 2005, $317 in 2004 and $424 in 2003)

Gain on litigation settlement, net of legal fees and expenses
Gain on arbitration award, net of legal fees and expenses
Gains on sales of marketable securities
Valuation adjustment of liability for warrants

Income (loss) from continuing operations 

before income taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) 

Income (loss) from continuing operations 

2005

2004

2003

$

175,555    $
150,564   

164,458    $
145,119   

133,875   
118,474   

24,991   

14,039   

10,952   

1,518   

238   
5,552   
—    
—    
—    

15,224   

6,767   

8,457   

19,339   

17,545   

1,794   

1,937   

500   
—    
13,660   
—    
—    

14,017   

(8,249)  

22,266   

15,401   

21,707   

(6,306)  

2,903   

523   
—    
—    
559   
1,436   

(6,691)  

1,148   

(7,839)  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(1,244)  

254   

(437)  

Net income (loss)

Per common share data:
Basic

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) 

Diluted

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) 

$

$

$

$

$

7,213    $

22,520    $

(8,276)  

0.47    $
(0.07)  
0.40    $

0.45    $
(0.07)  
0.38    $

1.26    $
0.01   
1.27    $

1.22    $
0.01   
1.23    $

(0.46)  
(0.02)  
(0.48)  

(0.46)  
(0.02)  
(0.48)  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

34

S
E
I
R
A
I
D
I
S
B
U
S
D
N
A
N
O

I
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
S
E
I
G
E
T
A
R
T
S
P
G

)
s
s
o
L
(

e
m
o
c
n
I

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C
d
n
a

y
t
i
u
q
E
’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
f
o

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C

3
0
0
2

d
n
a

,

4
0
0
2

,

5
0
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
d
e
d
n
e

s
r
a
e
Y

)
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

e
u
l
a
v
r
a
p

r
o
f

t
p
e
c
x
e

,
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
I
(

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

l
a
t
o
T

e
l
b
a
v
i
e
c
e
r

r
e
h
t
o

e
t
o
N

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
s

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

m
o
r
f

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

d
e
n
r
a
e
n
U

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

B
s
s
a
l
C

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
C

k
c
o
t
s

y
t
i
u
q
e

t
s
o
c

t
a
k
c
o
t
s

r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
s

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
C

t
i
c
i
f
e
d

l
a
t
i
p
a
c
n
i
-
d
i
a
p

)
r
a
p
1
0
.
0
$
(

)
r
a
p
1
0
0
$
(

.

)
6
3
4
(

)
6
7
2
8
(

,

)
2
1
7

,

8
(

)
1
6
8
(

0
2
5

,

2
2

9
5
6

,

1
2

)
8
1
4
(

3
1
2
7

,

5
9
7
6

,

$

$

$

$

$

$

2
8
9
2
9

,

)
6
3
4
(

)
6
7
2

,

8
(

3
7
7

,

1

9
6
7
6

,

2
1
8
2
9

,

)
1
6
8
(

0
2
5

,

2
2

3
0
7

,

1

3
1
4
1

,

)
7
6
9
5
2
(

,

0
2
6
1
9

,

)
8
1
4
(

3
1
2
7

,

)
2
8
7
6
(

,

)
1
0
2
1
(

,

5
8
7

0
2
7

5
0
4
2

,

2
4
3

,

4
9

$

)
0
7
3
(

$

)
5
9
0

,

4
(

$

0
6
4

—

—

—

7
0
2

)
3
6
1
(

—

—

—

—

5
5

)
8
0
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

9
7

—

—

—

3
7
7

,

1

)
2
2
3

,

2
(

—

—

—

—

3
0
7

,

1

)
9
1
6
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
6
3
4
(

—

—

4
2

—

)
1
6
8
(

—

6
7

—

)
1
6
7
(

—

)
8
1
4
(

2
9

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
3
3
1
,
1
(

$

)
7
6
1
,
3
9
(

$

8
8
9
,
9
8
1

$

2
1

$

4
5
1

$

2
0
0
2

,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

—

)
6
7
2
,
8
(

—

—

—

0
2
5
,
2
2

—

—

—

—

—

3
5
5
,
6

)
3
4
4
,
1
0
1
(

1
4
5
,
6
9
1

—

—

—

—

4
5
3
,
1

)
3
4
0
,
6
2
(

—

3
1
2
,
7

—

—

)
3
2
9
,
8
7
(

2
5
8
,
1
7
1

—

—

—

—

—

)
4
7
8
,
6
(

)
1
0
2
,
1
(

8
1
9
,
1

0
2
7

2
2
3
,
2

—

—

—

—

2
1

—

—

—

—

—

2
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9

—

3
6
1

—

—

4

—

—

7
6
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

4

r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
s
m
o
r
f

e
l
b
a
v
i
e
c
e
r

e
t
o
n
f
o

t
n
e
m
y
a
p
e
R

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i

m
o
r
f

s
d
e
e
c
o
r
P

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

3
0
0
2

,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
s
m
o
r
f

e
l
b
a
v
i
e
c
e
r

e
t
o
n
f
o

t
n
e
m
y
a
p
e
R

C
D
P
N
o
t

s
t
e
s
s
a

t
e
n

f
o

n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D

s
t
n
a
r
r
a
w
d
n
a
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o

e
l
a
s

d
n
a

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

4
0
0
2

,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

f
f
o
-
n
i
p
s
n
i

E
S
G

f
o

s
t
e
s
s
a

C
D
P
N
o
t

s
t
e
s
s
a

t
e
n

t
e
n

f
o

f
o

n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D

n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D

s
d
r
a
w
a

t
i
n
u

k
c
o
t
s

d
n
a

k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

x
a
t

s
s
e
c
x
E

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i

m
o
r
f

s
d
e
e
c
o
r
P

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

$

)
9
2
(

$

)
9
1
6
(

$

)
7
8
0
,
1
(

)
3
3
1
,
1
(

$

)
0
1
7
,
1
7
(

$

7
3
7
,
8
6
1

$

2
1

$

1
7
1

$

5
0
0
2

,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f

d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c

o
t

s
e
t
o
n

g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
e
S

5
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operations:

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash

2005

2004

2003

$

8,457    $
(1,244)  
7,213   

22,266    $
254   
22,520   

(7,839)  
(437)  
(8,276)  

provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Collection of deposit in escrow, including interest
Gain on arbitration award, net
Deferred income taxes
Issuance of stock for retirement savings plan
and non-cash compensation expense

Minority interests
Changes in other operating items, net of effect

of acquisitions and disposals:

Accounts and other receivables
Inventories
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
billings on uncompleted contracts
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts

Prepaid and other current assets

Other

Net cash provided by operations

Cash flows from investing activities:

Additions to property, plant and equipment
Additions to intangible assets
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities
Cash acquired in acquisitions
Other investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repayment of short-term borrowings
Short-term borrowings by GSE
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated convertible note by GSE
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Distribution of cash of GSE and NPDC in spin-offs
Deferred financing costs (by GSE in 2005)
Payments on obligations under capital leases
Repayment of long-term debt
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

Net cash used in financing activities

36

3,090   
13,798   
—    
5,789   

1,233   
(953)  

2,237   
—    

(81)  
(8,257)  

(1,725)  
(2,561)  
(435)  

19,348   

(1,028)  
—    
—    
—    
21   

(1,007)  

(6,068)  
1,182   
2,000   
1,400   
(804)  
(212)  
(94)  
—    
—    

(2,596)  

4,084   
—    
(13,660)  
(9,783)  

2,348   
(407)  

(5,379)  
2,609   

(2,332)  
2,707   

81   
1,442   
(46)  

4,184   

(1,784)  
(250)  
609   
—    
—    

(1,425)  

(2,123)  
—    
—    
860   
(2,453)  
—    
(298)  
(837)  
—    

(4,851)  

2,928   
—    
—    
(623)  

3,903   
(30)  

2,713   
(6,698)  

3,788   
4,656   

2,534   
194   
261   

5,350   

(2,123)  
(422)  
2,124   
2,853   
(4,050)  

(1,618)  

(13,461)  
—    
—    
955   
—    
(1,619)  
(447)  
(1,004)  
14,674   

(902)  

(continued)

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
(In thousands)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and

cash equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and

cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest
Income taxes

Non-cash investing activities:

Distribution of non-cash net assets of GSE and NPDC in 

connection with spin-offs (see Note 3)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

2005

2004

2003

(44)  

93   

70   

15,701   

2,417   

(1,999)  

4,416   

18,118    $

2,417    $

2,900   

1,516   

4,416   

784    $
1,160    $

2,383    $
639    $

1,379   
734   

5,978    $

23,514    $

—    

$

$
$

$

37

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

(1) Description of Business and Basis of Presentation 

GP Strategies Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in 1959. As of December 31, 
2005,  the  Company’s  business  consists  of  its  training,  engineering,  and  consulting  business  operated  by 
General Physics Corporation (“General Physics” or “GP”).  General Physics is a workforce development 
company  that  seeks  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  organizations  by  providing  training,  management 
consulting, e-Learning solutions and engineering services that are customized to meet the specific needs of 
clients.

On September 30, 2005, the Company completed a taxable spin-off of its 57% interest in GSE Systems, 
Inc.  (“GSE”)  through  a  dividend  to  the  Company’s  stockholders.  GSE  is  a  stand  alone  public  company 
which  provides  simulation  solutions  and  services  to  energy,  process  and  manufacturing  industries 
worldwide.    On  September  30,  2005,  stockholders  received  in  the  spin-off  0.283075  shares  of  GSE 
common  stock  for  each  share  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  or  Class  B  Capital  Stock  (“Class  B 
Stock”)  held  on  the  record  date  of  September  19,  2005.  Following  the  spin-off,  the  Company  ceased  to 
have any ownership interest in GSE and the operations of GSE have been reclassified as discontinued in 
the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented (see Note 3).  The Company 
continues  to  provide  corporate  support  services  to  GSE  pursuant  to  a  management  services  agreement 
which extends through December 31, 2006 (see Note 15).   

In conjunction with the spin-off of GSE, the Company identified an amount in its deferred tax assets that 
related to the excess tax basis over book basis of its investment in GSE.  This deferred tax asset should 
have been eliminated in purchase accounting when the Company increased its ownership interest in GSE 
to  57%  in  October  2003.  The  Company  has  reclassified  approximately  $1.5  million  from  non-current 
deferred tax assets to goodwill in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004. 
The  Company  determined  the  reclassification  had  de  minimis  impact  on  the  results  of  the  Company’s 
operations for all periods presented and was not material quantitatively or qualitatively to the consolidated 
financial statements taken as a whole.   

On  November  24,  2004,  the  Company  completed  the  tax-free  spin-off  of  National  Patent  Development 
Corporation  (“NPDC”).    NPDC  is  a  stand  alone  public  company  owning  all  of  the  stock  of  MXL 
Industries, Inc. (“MXL”), the interest in Five Star Products, Inc. (“Five Star”), and certain other non-core 
assets.    Subsequent  to  the  spin-off  of  NPDC,  the  results  of  operations  of  NPDC  are  presented  as 
discontinued for all prior years presented (see Note 3). 

(2)

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a)

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements include the operations of the Company and its majority-owned 
subsidiaries.  The  minority  interest  balance  as  of  December 31,  2004  is  comprised  of  the  42% 
minority share in GSE, which the Company did not own. All significant intercompany balances and 
transactions have been eliminated. 

38

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of 
three months or less. 

(c)

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is 
estimated based on historical trends of past due accounts, write-offs and specific identification and 
review of past due accounts. 

(d) Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of the Company’s international operations is the respective local currency. 
The  translation  of  the  foreign  currency  into  U.S.  dollars  is  performed  for  balance  sheet  accounts 
using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts 
using  the  weighted  average  exchange  rates  prevailing  during  the  year.  The  unrealized  gains  and 
losses resulting from such translation are included as a component of other comprehensive income 
(loss).

(e)

Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  provides  services  under  time-and-materials,  cost-reimbursable,  and  fixed-price 
(including fixed-fee per transaction) contracts to both government and commercial customers. Each 
contract  has  different  terms  based  on  the  scope,  deliverables  and  complexity  of  the  engagement, 
requiring  the  Company  to  make  judgments  and  estimates  about  recognizing  revenue.  Revenue  is 
recognized as services are performed.  

Under  time-and-materials  contracts,  as  well  as  certain  government  cost-reimbursable  and  certain 
fixed-price contracts, the contractual billing schedules are based on the specified level of resources 
the Company is obligated to provide. As a result, for these “level-of-effort” contracts, the contractual 
billing amount for the period is a measure of performance and, therefore, revenue is recognized in 
that amount.  

Revenue  under  government  fixed  price  and  certain  commercial  contracts  is  recognized  using  the 
percentage  of  completion  method  in  accordance  with  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public 
Accountants  Statement  of  Position  81-1,  Accounting  for  Performance  of  Construction-Type  and 
Certain  Production-Type  Contracts.      Under  the  percentage-of-completion  method,  management 
estimates  the  percentage-of-completion  based  upon  costs  incurred  as  a  percentage  of  the  total 
estimated  costs.  When  total  cost  estimates  exceed  revenues,  the  estimated  losses  are  recognized 
immediately. The use of the percentage-of-completion method requires significant judgment relative 
to estimating total contract revenues and costs, including assumptions relative to the length of time 
to  complete  the  project,  the  nature  and  complexity  of  the  work  to  be  performed,  and  anticipated 
changes  in  estimated  salaries  and  other  costs.  Estimates  of  total  contract  revenues  and  costs  are 
continuously monitored during the term of the contract, and recorded revenues and costs are subject 
to revision as the contract progresses. When revisions in estimated contract revenues and costs are 
determined, such adjustments are recorded in the period in which they are first identified.   

39

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

For commercial fixed-fee per transaction contracts, revenue is recognized during the period in which 
services are delivered in accordance with the pricing outlined in the contracts. For other commercial 
fixed  price  contracts  which  typically  involve  a  discrete  project,  such  as  development  of  training 
content  and  materials,  design  of  training  processes,  software  implementation,  or  engineering 
projects,  the  contractual  billing  schedules  are  not  based  on  the  specified  level  of  resources  the 
Company  is  obligated  to  provide.  These  discrete  projects  generally  do  not  contain  milestones  or 
other  reliable  measures  of  performance.  As  a  result,  revenue  on  these  arrangements  is  recognized 
using  the  percentage-of-completion  method  based  on  the  relationship  of  costs  incurred  to  total 
estimated  costs  expected  to  be  incurred  over  the  term  of  the  contract.  The  Company  believes  this 
methodology  is  a  reasonable  measure  of  proportional  performance  since  performance  primarily 
involves  personnel  costs  and  services  are  provided  to  the  customer  throughout  the  course  of  the 
projects  through  regular  communications  of  progress  toward  completion  and  other  project 
deliverables. In addition, the customer typically is required to pay the Company for the proportionate 
amount of work and cost incurred in the event of contract termination.  

Certain  of  the  Company’s  fixed  price  commercial  contracts  contain  revenue  arrangements  with 
multiple deliverables.  The Company applies the separation guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force 
(EITF)  00-21,  Revenue  Arrangements  with  Multiple  Deliverables  (EITF  00-21),  for  these  types  of 
contracts.    Revenue  arrangements  with  multiple  deliverables  are  evaluated  to  determine  if  the 
deliverables can be divided into more than one unit of accounting. For contracts determined to have 
more than one unit of accounting, the Company recognizes revenue for each deliverable based on the 
revenue recognition policies discussed above; that is, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance 
with  work  performed  and  costs  incurred,  with  fee  being  allocated  proportionately  over  the  service 
period.  Within each multiple deliverable project, there is objective and reliable fair value across all 
units of the arrangement, as discounts are not offered or applied to one deliverable versus another, 
and the rates bid across all deliverables are consistent.

As  part  of  the  Company’s  on-going  operations  to  provide  services  to  its  customers,  incidental 
expenses,  which  are  commonly  referred  to  as  “out-of-pocket”  expenses,  are  billed  to  customers, 
either  directly  as  a  pass-through  cost  or  indirectly  as  a  cost  estimated  in  proposing  on  fixed-price 
contracts. Out-of-pocket expenses include expenses such as airfare, mileage, hotel stays, out-of-town 
meals  and  telecommunication  charges.  The  Company’s  policy  provides  for  these  expenses  to  be 
recorded as both revenue and direct cost of services in accordance with the provisions of EITF 01-
14, Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for “Out-of-Pocket” Expenses 
Incurred.

(f)

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Comprehensive  income  (loss)  consists  of  net  income  (loss),  net  unrealized  gains  (losses)  on 
available-for-sale securities, and foreign currency translation adjustments.  

(g)

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. Major additions and improvements are capitalized 
while maintenance and repairs which do not extend the lives of the assets are expensed as incurred. 
Gain  or  loss  on  the  disposition  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  recognized  in  operations  when 
realized.

40

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Depreciation  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
following estimated useful lives: 

Class of assets

Buildings and improvements
Machinery, equipment, and furniture

and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Useful life

5 to 40 years

3 to 10 years

Shorter of asset life or term of lease

(h)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

Long-lived  assets,  such  as  property,  plant,  and  equipment,  and  intangibles  subject  to  amortization, 
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured 
by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  estimated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows 
expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future 
cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized at the amount by which the carrying amount of the 
asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in 
the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and 
are no longer depreciated. 

(i)

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The Company’s intangible assets include costs incurred to obtain licenses and acquire contract rights 
and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  costs  over  fair  value  of  assets  of  businesses  acquired.  Goodwill 
and  intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  purchase  business  combination  and  determined  to  have  an 
indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually or more 
frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired in accordance with 
the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other 
Intangible Assets (SFAS No. 142). The goodwill impairment test requires the Company to identify 
its  reporting  units  and  obtain  estimates  of  the  fair  values  of  those  units  as  of  the  testing  date.  A 
reporting unit is an operating segment as defined in SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of 
an Enterprise and Related Information (SFAS No. 131).  The Company uses a third party valuation 
firm to estimate the fair values of its reporting units using discounted cash flow valuation models. An 
impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair 
value.  SFAS  No. 142  also  requires  that  intangible  assets  with  estimable  useful  lives  be  amortized 
over  their  respective  estimated  useful  lives  to  their  estimated  residual  values,  and  reviewed  for 
impairment  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No. 144,  Accounting  for  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-
Lived  Assets  (SFAS  No.  144).  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004,  and  2003,  the 
Company tested its goodwill, as of December 31, at the reporting unit level in accordance with SFAS 
No. 142  and  concluded  no  impairment  charge  was  required.  The  Company  does  not  have  any 
intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. 

41

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

(j)

Other Assets 

Other  assets  include  deferred  financing  costs  and  certain  software  development  costs.  Deferred 
financing  costs  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  terms  of  the  related  debt  and  such 
amortization  is  classified  as  interest  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The 
Company capitalizes the cost of internal-use software in accordance with Statement of Position No. 
98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. These 
costs  consist  of  payments  made  to  third  parties  and  the  salaries  of  employees  working  on  such 
software development and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful 
lives,  typically  three  to  five  years.  The  Company distributed  $1,102,000  of other  assets  of  GSE  in 
connection  with  the  spin-off  on  September  30,  2005,  which  primarily  included  computer  software 
development  costs  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  86,  Accounting  for  the  Costs  of 
Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed.

(k)

Income Taxes 

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the 
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis 
and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of 
a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

(l)

Income (Loss) per Share 

Basic  income  (loss)  per  share  is  based  upon  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding, including Class B Stock, during the periods. Class B stockholders have the same rights 
to share in profits and losses and liquidation values as common stockholders. 

Diluted  income  (loss)  per  share  is  based  upon  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding  during  the  period  assuming  the  issuance  of  common  stock  for  all  potential  dilutive 
common stock equivalents outstanding. 

42

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Income  (loss)  per  share  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  is  as  follows  (in 
thousands, except per share amounts): 

Income (loss) used in computation:
Income (loss) from continuing

operations

Income (loss) from discontinued

operations

Net income (loss) 

Shares used in computation:
Weighted average shares
outstanding, basic

Dilutive effect of outstanding 
stock options, warrants, and 
non-vested stock units

Weighted average shares
outstanding, diluted

Income (loss) per common share:

Basic:

Income (loss) from continuing

operations

Income (loss) from discontinued

operations

Net income (loss) 

Diluted:

Income (loss) from continuing

operations

Income (loss) from discontinued

operations

Net income (loss) 

$

$

$

$

$

$

2005

2004

2003

8,457    $

22,266    $

(7,839)  

(1,244)  

254   

7,213    $

22,520    $

(437)  

(8,276)  

18,169   

17,678   

17,139   

777   

629   

—   

18,946   

18,307   

17,139   

0.47    $

(0.07)  

0.40    $

0.45    $

(0.07)  

0.38    $

1.26    $

0.01   

1.27    $

1.22    $

0.01   

1.23    $

(0.46)  

(0.02)  

(0.48)  

(0.46)  

(0.02)  

(0.48)  

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004,  and 2003,  stock  options,  warrants,  and  convertible 
notes  totaling  574,000,  1,954,000,  and  1,249,000  shares,  respectively,  were  not  dilutive  and  were 
excluded from the computation of diluted income per share.    

The difference between the basic and diluted number of weighted average shares outstanding for the 
years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  represents  dilutive  non-vested  stock  units  (2005 
only),  stock  options  and  warrants,  computed  under  the  treasury  stock  method  using  the  average 
market price during the period.      

43

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

On January 19, 2006, the Company repurchased a total of 2,721,500 shares of Common Stock and 
Class B Stock, representing approximately 15% of the total outstanding shares of capital stock of the 
Company (see Note 13). 

(m) Stock-Based Compensation 

Pursuant to the stock-based incentive plans which are described more fully in Note 12, the Company 
grants stock options, restricted stock, stock units, and equity to officers, employees, and members of 
the Board of Directors.    

The  Company  applies  the  intrinsic-value-based  method  of  accounting  prescribed  by  Accounting 
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB No. 25), 
and  related  interpretations  including  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  Interpretation 
No. 44,  Accounting  for  Certain  Transactions  Involving  Stock  Compensation, an  interpretation  of 
APB  Opinion  No. 25,  to  account  for  its  stock-based  compensation  awards.  Under  this  method, 
compensation expense for stock options is recorded on the date of grant only if the current market 
price of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the options. SFAS No. 123, Accounting 
for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), as amended, established accounting and disclosure 
requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation 
plans.  As  allowed  by  SFAS  No. 123,  the  Company  has  elected  to  continue  to  apply  the  intrinsic-
value-based  method  of  accounting  described  above,  and  has  adopted  only  the  disclosure 
requirements of SFAS No. 123.  For other fixed awards such as restricted stock and stock units, the 
Company recognizes compensation expense over the vesting period based on the market price of the 
underlying  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.    The  Company  applies  the  straight-line  methodology  for 
computing compensation expense for fixed awards with pro-rata vesting. 

44

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) if the fair-value-based method had been 
applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each year (dollars in thousands, except per share 
data):

Net income (loss) – as reported

$

7,213    $

22,520    $

(8,276)  

2005

2004

2003

Add: stock-based compensation expense

determined under intrinsic value method and
included in reported net income, net of tax

Deduct: stock-based compensation expense
determined under the fair-value-based 
method for all awards, net of tax

Pro forma net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic – as reported
Basic – pro forma
Diluted – as reported
Diluted – pro forma

183   

25   

9   

(433)  

(633)  

6,963    $

21,912    $

(1,260)  

(9,527)  

0.40    $
0.38    $
0.38    $
0.37    $

1.27    $
1.24    $
1.23    $
1.20    $

(0.48)  
(0.56)  
(0.48)  
(0.56)  

$

$
$
$
$

Disclosure of pro-forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required under 
SFAS No. 123, which uses the fair value method.  The per share weighted average fair value of the 
Company’s  stock  options  granted  during  2005,  2004,  and  2003  was  $3.35,  $1.47,  and  $2.95, 
respectively, on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following 
weighted average assumptions: 

Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected life

2005

2004

2003

—%
3.56%
53.51%
4.0 years

—%
1.70%
32.24%
2.0 years

—%
2.00%
78.33%
4.0 years

In  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  123R,  Share-Based  Payment  (SFAS  No.123R), 
which changed the accounting for stock-based compensation to require companies to expense stock 
options and other equity awards based on their grant-date fair values. SFAS No. 123R is discussed in 
more detail in the Accounting Standard Issued section later in this Note. 

(n) Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  On  an 

45

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates used, including but not limited to those related 
to revenue recognition, the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, impairments of goodwill and 
other intangible assets, self-insurance liabilities, and income taxes.  Actual results could differ from 
these estimates.  

(o) Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, 
accounts payable and short-term borrowings approximate estimated market values because of short-
maturities  and  interest  rates  that  approximate  current  rates.  The  estimated  fair  value  for  the 
Company’s  long-term  debt  is  equal  to  the  carrying  amount  as  the  stated  interest  rates  approximate 
prevailing market rates. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant 
market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in 
nature  and  involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  and  therefore  cannot  be 
determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. 

(p)

Leases

The Company leases various office space, machinery and equipment under noncancelable operating 
leases  which  have  minimum  lease  obligations.    Several  of  the  leases  contain  provisions  for  rent 
escalations  based  primarily  on  increases  in  real  estate  taxes  and  operating  costs  incurred  by  the 
lessor.    Rent  expense  is  charged  to  operations  as  incurred  except  for  escalating  rents,  which  are 
charged to operations on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.   

(q)

Legal Expenses 

The Company is involved, from time to time, in litigation and proceedings arising out of the ordinary 
course of business.  Legal costs for services rendered in the course of these proceedings are charged 
to expense as they are incurred. 

(r)

Accounting Standard Issued 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R which revises SFAS No. 123 and supersedes 
APB No. 25. Currently, the Company does not record compensation expense for certain stock-based 
compensation.  Under  SFAS  No.  123R,  the  Company  will  measure  the  cost  of  employee  services 
received  in  exchange  for  stock,  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  (with  limited  exceptions)  of  the 
stock award. Such cost will be recognized over the period during which the employee is required to 
provide service in exchange for the stock award (usually the vesting period). The fair value of the 
stock award will be estimated using an option-pricing model, with excess tax benefits, as defined in 
SFAS  No.  123R,  being  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  additional  paid-in  capital.  The  Company 
adopted  SFAS  No.  123R  on  January  1,  2006  using  the  Modified  Prospective  Application  method 
without restatement of prior periods. Under this method, the Company recognizes compensation cost 
for the unvested fair value of its outstanding awards as of January 1, 2006. Compensation cost for 
these awards will be based on the fair value of the awards as disclosed on a pro forma basis under 
SFAS No. 123. The Company will account for awards that are granted, modified, or settled after the 
adoption date in accordance with SFAS No. 123R.

46

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The  Company  estimates  that  it  will  recognize  a  total  of  approximately  $0.2  million  of  pre-tax 
compensation expense in 2006 and 2007 related to the unvested portion of stock options outstanding 
as of December 31, 2005. In addition, the Company estimates that it will recognize approximately 
$1.1  million  of  pre-tax  compensation  expense  related  to  the  unvested  portion  of  restricted  stock 
awards outstanding as of December 31, 2005, over a remaining vesting period of approximately 4.2 
years.  The  Company  has  not  yet  developed  an  estimate  of  compensation  expense  related  to  future 
grants of stock options or other equity awards, which would result in additional expense under SFAS 
No. 123R.   

(3) Discontinued Operations

Under SFAS No. 144, discontinued businesses are removed from the results of continuing operations and 
are  classified  as  discontinued  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  through  the  effective  date  of 
disposal. The following table sets forth the components of income (loss) from discontinued operations for 
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 (in thousands):  

Revenue
Operating income (loss)
Interest expense
Income tax expense (benefit)
Income (loss) from discontinued

operations, net of income taxes

$

2005

2004

2003

17,617    $
(2,479)  
251   
208   

133,581    $
2,027   
1,284   
573   

(1,244)  

254   

34,803   
277   
722   
(262)  

(437)  

Discontinued  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  include  the  results  of 
GSE,  which  was  distributed  to  the  Company’s  shareholders  in  connection  with  the  spin-off  effective 
September  30,  2005.    Discontinued  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004  and  2003  also 
include the results of MXL and Five Star, which were distributed to NPDC in connection with the spin-off 
effective November 24, 2004.  

In  accordance  with  SFAS  No. 144,  only  those  overhead  costs  that  are  solely  attributable  to  the 
discontinued  business  segments  have  been  allocated  to  discontinued  operations.  As  a  result,  2005,  2004 
and 2003 include overhead expenses that were incurred for the benefit of the Company’s continuing and 
discontinued  operations,  which  are  included  in  continuing  operations.  Consolidated  interest  expense  in 
periods prior to the spin-off of NPDC has been allocated to discontinued operations of NPDC using a basis 
of net assets of each of the continuing and discontinued businesses as of November 24, 2004.  

The Company provides corporate support services to GSE pursuant to a management services agreement 
which extends through December 31, 2006 (see Note 15).  For the nine months ended September 30, 2005 
and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004  and  2003,  the  Company  recorded  revenues  for  services 
provided to GSE of $525,000, $608,000, and $100,000, respectively.  The revenues and expenses related to 
these services, which were intercompany transactions prior to the spin-off of GSE have been eliminated in 
the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  the  period  from  January  1,  2005  through 
September  30,  2005  (the  effective  date  of  the  spin-off)  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004  and 
2003.   

47

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The following table summarizes the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of GSE as of September 
30, 2005, which are no longer consolidated with the Company effective with the spin-off (in thousands): 

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts and other receivables
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings 

on uncompleted contracts

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill and other assets

Total assets

Liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Short-term borrowings
Billings in excess of costs and estimated 

earnings on uncompleted contracts

Long-term debt
Minority interest and other liabilities

Total liabilities

$

 804   
 2,487   

 5,428   
 983   
 314   
 7,487   
 17,503   

 5,224   
 1,182   

 848   
 782   
 2,685   
 10,721   

Net assets of GSE distributed in spin-off

$

 6,782   

48

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The  assets  and  liabilities  distributed  to  NPDC  in  connection  with  the  spin-off  included  those  specific  to 
MXL,  Five  Star  and  certain  other  non-core  assets.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  net  assets  and 
liabilities distributed to NPDC on November 24, 2004 (in thousands): 

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Due from GP Strategies (arbitration award)
Accounts and other receivables
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Investments and marketable securities
Property, plant and equipment, net
Deferred tax assets, net
Goodwill and other assets

Total assets

Liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Minority interest and other liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets distributed to NPDC

$

$

2,453  
5,000  
14,002  
25,691  
391  
1,593  
5,553  
4,045  
2,818  

61,546  

12,672  
18,330  
2,961  
1,616  

35,579  

25,967  

(4) Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows (in thousands): 

Beginning of year balance
Foreign currency translation
GSE goodwill balance distributed in spin-off
Distribution of goodwill to NPDC 

End of year balance

2005

2004

$

$

63,867    $
(141)  
(6,243)  
—   

57,483    $

63,882   
187   
—   
(202)  

63,867   

Intangible  assets,  which  consist  primarily  of  licenses  and  contract  rights,  with  finite  lives  are  being 
amortized  to  expense  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  As  of  December 31,  2005,  the  Company’s 
intangible assets with finite lives had a weighted average useful life of six years. As of December 31, 2005, 
the  Company  had  no  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives.  Amortization  expense  of  intangible 
assets included in continuing operations for 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $188,000, $82,000, and $147,000, 
respectively. Amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated to be $156,000 in 2006, $128,000 in 
2007 and $73,000 in 2008, 2009 and 2010. 

49

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

(5)

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands): 

Machinery, equipment and vehicles
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

December 31,

2005

3,952   
2,431   
236   

6,619   

(4,762)  

$

1,857    $

2004

8,031   
3,843   
1,204   

13,078   

(10,405)  

2,673   

The  Company  distributed  $314,000  and  $5,553,000  in  net  property,  plant  and  equipment  of  GSE  and 
NPDC, respectively, in connection with the spin-offs on September 30, 2005 and November 24, 2004 (see 
Note 3). Depreciation expense included in continuing operations in 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $850,000, 
$1,143,000, and $1,548,000, respectively. 

(6)

Short-Term Borrowings 

General  Physics  has  a  $25 million  Financing  and  Security  Agreement  (the “Credit  Agreement”),  as 
amended, with a bank that expires on August 12, 2007 with annual renewal options. The Credit Agreement 
is secured by certain assets of General Physics and provides for an unsecured guaranty from the Company. 
The  Company  continued  to  guarantee  GSE’s  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Agreement  (for  which 
$1,500,000 is allocated for use by GSE) subsequent to the spin-off on September 30, 2005. In March 2006, 
GSE repaid its borrowings in full and ceased to be a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. 

The interest rate on the Credit Agreement is at the daily LIBOR market index rate plus 3.00%. Based upon 
the financial performance of General Physics, the interest rate can be reduced (as of December 31, 2005 
the rate was reduced to LIBOR plus 2.50% for General Physics). The Credit Agreement contains covenants 
with respect to General Physics’ minimum tangible net worth, leverage ratio, interest coverage ratio and its 
ability to make capital expenditures. General Physics was in compliance with all loan covenants under the 
Credit  Agreement  as  of  December  31,  2005.  The  Credit  Agreement  also  contains  certain  restrictive 
covenants regarding future acquisitions, incurrence of debt and the payment of dividends. General Physics 
is currently restricted from paying dividends or management fees to the Company in excess of $1,000,000 
in any year, with the exception of a waiver by the lender which permits General Physics to provide cash to 
the  Company  to  repurchase  up  to  $5  million  of  additional  shares  of  its  outstanding  Common  Stock  (see 
Note 13).

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement and 
there  was  approximately  $20,558,000  of  available  borrowings  based  upon  80%  of  eligible  accounts 
receivable  and  80%  of  eligible  unbilled  receivables.    As  of  December 31,  2004,  the  amount  outstanding 
under  the  Credit  Agreement  was  approximately  $6,068,000  with  an  interest  rate  of  approximately  5.4%. 

50

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The Company repaid in full the $6,068,000 outstanding under the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 
2004 in January 2005, using the proceeds received from the arbitration award (see Note 17).   

(7) Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands): 

Trade accounts payable
Accrued salaries, vacation and benefits
Amount payable to NPDC
Other accrued expenses

December 31,

2005

2004

5,733    $
7,852   
1,201   
5,529   

20,315    $

8,936   
8,677   
5,000   
10,606   

33,219   

$

$

The Company distributed $5,224,000 and $12,672,000 in accounts payable and accrued expenses of GSE 
and NPDC, respectively, in connection with the spin-offs on September 30, 2005 and November 24, 2004 
(see Note 3).   

(8) Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands): 

December 31,

2005

2004

6% conditional subordinated notes due 2008 (a)
ManTech note (b)
Capital leases

$

Less warrant related discount, net of accretion

Less current maturities

7,500    $
5,251   
93   

12,844   

(1,464)  

11,380   

(71)  

$

11,309    $

7,500   
5,251   
190   

12,941   

(1,890)  

11,051   

(100)  

10,951   

(a) 

In August 2003, the Company issued and sold to four Gabelli Funds $7,500,000 aggregate principal 
amount of 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the Gabelli Notes) and 937,500 warrants 
(GP Warrants), each entitling the holder thereof to purchase (subject to adjustment) one share of the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $8.00.  The  aggregate  purchase  price  for  the 
Gabelli Notes and GP Warrants was $7,500,000. 

51

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The  Gabelli  Notes  bear  interest  at  6%  per  annum  payable  semi-annually  commencing  on 
December 31, 2003 and mature in August 2008. The Gabelli Notes are secured by a mortgage on the 
Company’s  former  property  located  in  Pawling,  New  York  which  was  distributed  to  NPDC  in 
connection  with  the  spin-off  on  November  24,  2004.  In  addition,  at  any  time  that  less  than 
$1,875,000 of the principal amount of the Gabelli Notes are outstanding, the Company may defease 
the obligations secured by the mortgage and obtain a release of the mortgage by depositing with an 
agent  for  the  Noteholders,  bonds  or  government  securities  with  an  investment  grade  rating  by  a 
nationally recognized rating agency which, without reinvestment, will provide cash on the maturity 
date of the Gabelli Notes in an amount not less than the outstanding principal amount of the Gabelli 
Notes.

Subsequent to the spin-off of NPDC and GSE and in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of 
the warrant agreement for stock splits, reorganizations, mergers and similar transactions, the number 
of GP Warrants was adjusted to 984,116 and the exercise price was adjusted to $5.85 per share. The 
GP warrants are exercisable at any time until August 2008. The exercise price may be paid in cash, 
by delivery of the Gabelli Notes, or a combination of the two. The fair value of the GP Warrants at 
the  date  of  issuance  was  $2,389,000,  which  reduced  long-term  debt  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets and is being accreted as additional interest expense using the effective 
interest  rate  over  the  term  of  the  Gabelli  Notes.  The  Gabelli  Notes  have  a  yield  to  maturity  of 
15.436%  based  on  the  discounted  value.  Accretion  charged  as  interest  expense  was  approximately 
$426,000,  $372,000,  and  $127,000  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004,  and  2003, 
respectively. 

The GP Warrants were accounted for as a liability of the Company until the shares of the Company’s 
Common  Stock  issuable  on  exercise  of  the  GP  Warrants  were  registered,  which  occurred  on 
December 8, 2003, at which time the liability was reclassified to additional paid-in-capital at its then 
fair  market  value  of  $953,000.  The  changes  in  the  fair  market  value  of  the  GP  Warrants  were 
marked-to-market  through  December 8,  2003  with  the  adjustment  shown  as  other  income  in  the 
consolidated statement of operations in 2003. 

In connection with the spin-off of NPDC, the Company contributed the Pawling property, subject to 
the  mortgage,  to  MXL.  MXL  assumed  the  mortgage,  but  without  liability  for  repayment  of  the 
Gabelli  Notes  or  any  other  obligations  of  the  Company  under  the  Note  and  Warrant  Purchase 
Agreement  (other  than  foreclosure  on  such  property).  If  there  is  a  foreclosure  on  the  mortgage  for 
payment of the Gabelli Notes, the Company has agreed to indemnify MXL for loss of the value of 
the property. 

(b) 

In  October  2003,  the  Company  issued  a  five-year  5%  note  due  in  full  in  October 2008  in  the 
principal  amount  of  $5,250,955  to  ManTech  International.  Interest  is  payable  quarterly.  Each  year 
during the term of the note, the holder of the note has the option to convert up to 20% of the original 
principal  amount  of  the  note  into  Common  Stock  of  the  Company  at  the  then  market  price  of  the 
Company’s Common Stock, but only in the event that the Company’s Common Stock is trading at 
$10  per  share  or  more.  In  the  event  that  less  than  20%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  note  is  not 
converted in any year, such amount not converted will be eligible for conversion in each subsequent 
year until converted or until the note is repaid in cash. 

52

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2005 are $71,000 in 2006, $22,000 in 
2007, and $12,751,000 in 2008. 

(9) Employee Benefit Plan 

The Company offers a Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan) to its employees. Eligible employees may elect 
to contribute at any time, and contributions begin as soon as administratively feasible thereafter.  The Plan 
permits  pre-tax  contributions  to  the  Plan  by  participants  pursuant  to  Section 401(K)  of  the  Internal 
Revenue  Code  (IRC).    The  Plan  requires  that  the  Company  match  at  least  25%  of  the  participants’ 
contributions,  up  to  the  first  7%  of  base  compensation  for  employees  who  have  completed  one  year  of 
service.  The Company may make additional matching contributions at its discretion.  In 2005, 2004, and 
2003, the Company matched 50% of participants’ contributions in shares of its Common Stock, up to the 
first 7% of participants’ base compensation. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company contributed 125,165, 
135,921,  and  188,317  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  directly  to  the  Plan  with  a  value  of 
approximately $986,000, $971,000, and $1,053,000, respectively, which was recognized as expense in the 
consolidated statements of operations. 

53

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

(10)

Income Taxes   

Income  tax  expense  (benefit)  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  is  as  follows  (in 
thousands):

Income tax expense (benefit) from

continuing operations

Income tax expense (benefit) from

discontinued operations

2005

Years ended December 31,
2004

2003

$

$

6,767    $

(8,249)   $

1,148   

208   

573   

6,975    $

(7,676)   $

(262)  

886   

The components of income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations are as follows (in thousands): 

Current:

Federal
State and local
Foreign

Total current

Deferred:
Federal
State and local
Foreign

Total deferred

Total income tax expense

(benefit)

2005

Years ended December 31,
2004

2003

$

136    $
642   
200   

978   

4,902   
1,100   
(213)  

5,789   

267    $
298   
268   

833   

(7,768)  
(1,412)  
98   

(9,082)  

185   
513   
695   

1,393   

—   
—   
(245)  

(245)  

$

6,767    $

(8,249)   $

1,148   

The deferred tax expense (benefit) excludes activity in the net deferred tax assets relating to tax which is 
recorded  directly  to  stockholders’  equity.  Income  (loss)  before  income  tax  expense  (benefit)  generated 
from foreign entities was approximately $198,000, $404,000, and ($594,000), respectively, in 2005, 2004 
and 2003. 

54

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The  difference  between  the  expense  (benefit)  for  income  taxes  included  in  income  from  continuing 
operations computed at the statutory rate and the reported amount of tax expense (benefit) is as follows: 

Federal income tax rate
Foreign, state and local taxes net of

Federal benefit

Permanent differences not deductible 

for tax purposes

Valuation allowance adjustments
Change in effective rate, primarily net

operating loss carry forwards

Tax impact of foreign losses for which 
no U.S. tax benefit has been provided

Tax effect of permanent differences on

sales of securities

Other

Effective tax rate

2005

December 31,
2004

2003

35.0%

35.0%

(35.0)%

4.9

1.1
3.1

—

(0.4)

—
0.7

44.4%

5.2

1.8
(87.0)

(17.0)

0.6

—
2.5

7.5

6.9
31.2

—

1.5

4.9
0.2

(58.9)%

17.2%

As  of  December 31,  2005,  the  Company  had  $31,100,000  of  Federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards, 
which expire during 2022 and 2023, and $1,693,000 of available credit carryovers which may be carried 
over  indefinitely.  The  Company  had  $1,996,000  of  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for  which  a 
$783,000 valuation allowance has been provided. 

55

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and 
liabilities  that  are  included  in  the  net  deferred  tax  assets  (liabilities)  are  summarized  as  follows 
(in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accrued liabilities
Net Federal, State and Foreign operating loss carryforwards
Tax credit carryforwards

$

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment, principally due to

difference in depreciation and amortization

Net deferred tax assets

Less valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

December 31,

2005

2004

453    $
500   
12,790   
1,693   

15,436   

2,903   

12,533   

(968)  

11,565   

342   
1,739   
16,383   
1,455   

19,919   

2,888   

17,031   

(389)  

16,642   

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than 
not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the 
deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which 
temporary  differences  are  deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled  reversal  of  deferred  tax 
liabilities,  projected  future  taxable  income  and  tax  planning  strategies  in  making  this  assessment.  Based 
upon  these  factors,  management  believes  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  Company  will  realize  the 
benefits of deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance.  

Management  evaluates  its  projections  of  future  taxable  income  each  reporting  period  and  adjusts  the 
valuation  allowance  as  necessary.  During  2005,  the  Company  recorded  an  increase  in  its  valuation 
allowance  related  to  foreign  and  state  net  operating  losses  by  $579,000,  based  on  historical  losses  in 
foreign  jurisdictions  and  uncertainty  regarding  the  utilization  of  certain  state  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards.  During  2004,  the  spin-off  of  NPDC  was  completed,  the  arbitration  gain  was  recognized, 
and projected taxable income was revised in light of the Company’s structure subsequent to the spin-off.  
Accordingly, the Company reduced its valuation allowance related to net operating losses by $12,197,000 
due to management’s assessment of the Company’s ability to realize its overall deferred tax assets.

56

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

(11) Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The following are the components of comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands): 

Net income (loss)

$

7,213    $

22,520    $

(8,276)  

2005

Years ended December 31,
2004

2003

Other comprehensive (loss) income,

before income tax benefit:

Net unrealized loss on available-for-

sale securities

Fair value change on interest rate

swap

Foreign currency translation

adjustments

Income tax benefit

(12)  

—   

(411)  

6,790   

5   

(1,703)  

(1,067)  

(82)  

237   

20,972   

687   

82   

139   

(9,122)  

410   

(8,712)  

Comprehensive income (loss)

$

6,795    $

21,659    $

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, was $1,087,000 and 
$761,000, respectively, and consisted of foreign currency translation adjustments. 

(12) Stock-Based Compensation  

Pursuant to the Company’s Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Non-Qualified Plan”), and 
2003  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  “2003  Plan”),  the  Company  may  grant  awards  of  non-qualified  stock 
options, incentive stock options, restricted stock, stock units, performance  shares, performance units and 
other  incentives  payable  in  cash  or  in  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  or  Class  B  Stock.  The 
Company  is  authorized  to  grant  an  aggregate  of  4,237,515  shares  under  the  Non-Qualified  Plan  and  an 
aggregate  of  2,000,000  shares  under  the  2003  Plan.    As  of  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  non-
qualified  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  and  non-vested  stock  units  outstanding  under  these  plans  as 
discussed below (see Note 2). 

Non-Qualified Stock Options 

Non-qualified  stock  options  are  granted  with  an  exercise  price  not  less  than  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Common Stock at the date of grant, vest over a period up to ten years, and expire at various terms up to ten 
years from the date of grant.  In accordance with APB No. 25, no compensation expense is recognized for 
non-qualified stock options which are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the 
Common Stock at the date of grant (see Note 2). 

57

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Summarized information for the Company’s non-qualified stock options is as follows: 

Options outstanding

December 31, 2002

Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/expired

December 31, 2003

Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/expired
Spin-off adjustment

December 31, 2004

Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/expired

December 31, 2005

Number of
options

2,612,997    $

284,750   
(248,983)  
(96,367)  

2,552,397   

126,000   
(199,959)  
(979,423)  
322,814   

1,821,829   

1,000   
(321,393)  
(90,091)  

1,411,345    $

Weighted
average
exercise price

6.80   

5.08   
3.94   
6.16   

6.91   

7.13   
4.33   
8.98   

4.73   

7.44   
4.35   
4.58   

4.83   

In connection with the spin-off of NPDC on November 24, 2004, options to purchase shares of Company 
Common Stock were adjusted such that each option held the same ratio of the exercise price per option 
to the market value per share, the same aggregate difference between market value and exercise price, 
and  the  same  vesting  provisions,  option  periods  and  other  terms  and  conditions  applicable  prior  to  the 
spin-off.

Weighted average characteristics of outstanding and exercisable stock options by exercise price range as 
of December 31, 2005 were as follows: 

Range of 
exercise prices

Number of 
options  

Outstanding options
Weighted
average
years
remaining

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Exercisable options

Number of 
options  

Weighted
average
exercise
price

$2.82 - $4.00
$4.01 - $5.50
$5.51 - $7.50
$7.51 - $12.84

668,277 
192,043 
502,025 
49,000 

1,411,345 

2.14  $
3.09 
1.50 
2.22 

2.05  $

3.48 
4.23 
6.29 
10.53 

606,060  $
190,127 
458,912 
34,000 

4.83 

1,289,099  $

3.47 
4.22 
6.31 
9.51 

4.75 

58

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Restricted Stock and Stock Unit Awards 

The Company granted 268,000 restricted stock and non-vested stock units to certain Company officers and 
employees during 2005.  These awards have a weighted-average grant date fair value of $7.40 per share 
and  vest  to  the  recipients  at  various  dates,  up  to  five  years,  based  on  fulfilling  service  requirements.    In 
accordance  with  APB  No.  25,  the  Company  recognizes  compensation  expense  for  these  awards  by 
amortizing  the  value  of  the  market  price  of  the  underlying  stock  on  the  date  of  grant  to  compensation 
expense over the vesting period. The Company recorded compensation expense related to these awards of 
approximately $249,000 in 2005 and $536,000 in 2004.  Certain shares of restricted stock granted during 
2005 were fully vested upon grant because they were attributed to 2004 service, but have a sale restriction 
until December 31, 2007.  

(13) Common Stock and Class B Stock 

The  holders  of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to  one  vote  per  share  and  the  holders  of  Class  B  Stock  are 
entitled to ten votes per share on all matters without distinction between classes, except when approval of a 
majority of each class is required by statute. The Class B Stock is convertible at any time, at the option of 
the  holders  of  such  stock,  into  shares  of  common  stock  on  a  share-for-share  basis.  Shares  reserved  for 
issuance of common stock are primarily related to stock-based compensation (see Note 12), warrants (see 
below), and the conversion of long-term debt (see Note 8). 

On  January  19,  2006,  the  Company  completed  a  restructuring  of  its  capital  stock,  which  included  the 
repurchase  of  2,121,500  shares  of  its  Common  Stock  at  a  price  of  $6.80  per  share,  the  repurchase  of 
600,000 shares of its Class B Stock at a price of $8.30 per share, and the exchange of 600,000 shares of its 
Class B Stock into 600,000 shares of Common Stock for a cash premium of $1.50 per exchanged share. 
The  repurchase  prices  and  exchange  premium  were  based  on  a  fairness  opinion  rendered  by  an 
independent  third  party  valuation  firm.  The  repurchase  and  exchange  transactions  were  negotiated  and 
approved  by  a  Special  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  had  the  effect  of  eliminating  all 
outstanding  shares  of  the  Company's  Class  B  Stock.  The  repurchase  and  exchange  was  financed  with 
approximately $20.3 million of cash on hand.  

Prior  to  the  restructuring,  the  1,200,000  outstanding  shares  of  Class  B  Stock  collectively  represented 
approximately 41% of the aggregate voting power of the Company since the Class B Stock has ten votes 
per  share.    The  repurchase  of  a  total  of  2,721,500  shares  represents  approximately  15%  of  the  total 
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company.    Of  the  600,000  Class  B  shares  exchanged  for 
common  shares,  568,750  shares  were  owned  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 
Company.   

In connection with the repurchase and exchange transactions, the Company has authorized the repurchase 
of up to $5 million of additional common shares from time to time in the open market, subject to prevailing 
business and market conditions and other factors.  Pursuant to the General Physics’ Credit Agreement, as 
amended,  the  lender  has  permitted  the  borrowers  under  the  Credit  Agreement  to  provide  cash  to  the 
Company  to  repurchase  up  to  $5  million  of  additional  shares  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  Common 
Stock (see Note 6). 

59

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Warrants

As of December 31, 2005, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 300,000 and 984,116 shares of the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  at  exercise  prices  of  $2.67  and  $5.85  per  share,  respectively,  as  adjusted  in 
accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of the warrant agreements. These warrants are exercisable at 
any time and expire in June 2011 and August 2008, respectively. 

(14) Business Segments 

In 2005, the Company re-evaluated its reportable business segments under SFAS No. 131, as a result of a 
change in the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) of the Company. Based on the information which 
the CODM reviews in order to assess the performance of the Company and make decisions regarding the 
allocation of resources, the Company determined that General Physics consists of two reportable business 
segments:  1)  Process,  Energy  &  Government;  and  2)  Manufacturing  &  Business  Process  Outsourcing 
(BPO).  The  Company  is  organized  by  operating  group  primarily  based  upon  the  services  performed  and 
markets  served  by  each  group.    The  reportable  business  segments  represent  an  aggregation  of  the 
Company’s operating segments in accordance with the aggregation criteria in SFAS No. 131.  GSE ceased 
to be a reportable business segment effective with the spin-off on September 30, 2005 and its results are 
reported in discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations through the effective date 
of  the  spin-off.    As  a  result  of  the  change  in  its  reportable  business  segments,  all  prior  period  segment 
information has been restated to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

The  Process,  Energy  &  Government  segment  provides  engineering  consulting,  design  and  evaluation 
services  regarding  facilities,  the  environment,  processes  and  systems,  staff  augmentation,  curriculum 
design  and  development,  and  training  and  technical  services  primarily  to  federal  and  state  governmental 
agencies,  large  government  contractors,  petroleum  and  chemical  refining  companies,  and  electric  power 
utilities.

The  Manufacturing  &  BPO  segment  provides  training,  curriculum  design  and  development,  staff 
augmentation, e-Learning services, system hosting, integration and help desk support, business process and 
training  outsourcing,  and  consulting  and  technical  services  to  large  companies  in  the  automotive, 
pharmaceutical, electronics, and other industries as well as to governmental clients. 

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  sales  to  the  United  States  government  and  its 
agencies  represented  approximately  40%,  38%,  and  38%,  respectively,  of  the  Company’s  revenue. 
Revenue  from  the  Department  of  the  Army,  which  is  included  in  the  Process,  Energy  &  Government 
segment, accounted for approximately 20%, 19%, and 22% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended 
December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of the 
Company’s revenue in 2005. 

The Company does not allocate the following corporate items to the segments: other income and interest 
expense; selling, general and administrative expense; and income tax expense.  Inter-segment revenue is 
eliminated in consolidation and is not significant. 

60

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

The following table sets forth the revenue and operating results attributable to each reportable segment and 
includes a reconciliation of segment revenue to consolidated revenue and operating results to consolidated 
income (loss) before income taxes (in thousands): 

Revenue:

Process, Energy & Government
Manufacturing & BPO
Elimination of intercompany revenue with GSE

Operating income (loss):

Process, Energy & Government
Manufacturing & BPO
Elimination of intercompany revenue with GSE
Corporate and other

$

$

$

Interest expense
Other income, gain on litigation settlement, 

net, gain on arbitration award, net, 
gains on sales of marketable securities,
net and valuation adjustment of liability 
for warrants

Income (loss) from continuing

2005

Years ended December 31,
2004

2003

85,953    $
90,127   
(525)  

84,193    $
80,873   
(608)  

76,932   
57,043   
(100)  

175,555    $

164,458    $

133,875   

10,419    $
3,158   
(525)  
(2,100)  

10,952   

(1,518)  

9,046    $
(165)  
(608)  
(6,479)  

1,794   

(1,937)  

7,575   
(3,342)  
(100)  
(10,439)  

(6,306)  

(2,903)  

5,790   

14,160   

2,518   

operations before income taxes 

$

15,224    $

14,017    $

(6,691)  

61

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Additional information relating to the Company’s business segments is as follows (in thousands): 

Identifiable assets:

Process, Energy & Government
Manufacturing & BPO
GSE 
Corporate and other

Goodwill:

Process, Energy & Government
Manufacturing & BPO
GSE 

Additions to property, plant and equipment:

Process, Energy & Government
Manufacturing & BPO
GSE and NPDC
Corporate and other

Depreciation and amortization:

Process, Energy & Government
Manufacturing & BPO
GSE and NPDC
Corporate and other

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

December 31,

2005

2004

59,428    $
67,918   
—   
7,295   

64,127   
62,621   
17,208   
12,079   

134,641    $

156,035   

December 31,

2005

2004

27,990    $
29,493   
—   

57,483    $

27,990   
29,634   
6,243   

63,867   

2005

Years ended December 31,
2004

2003

48    $

596   
124   
260   

71    $

786   
691   
236   

1,028    $

1,784    $

126    $
661   
844   
1,459   

3,090    $

178    $
809   
1,582   
1,515   

4,084    $

85   
498   
1,314   
226   

2,123   

263   
1,036   
804   
825   

2,928   

Identifiable assets by business segment are those assets that are used in the Company’s operations in each 
segment.  Corporate  and  other  assets  consist  primarily  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  other  assets,  and 
deferred tax assets. Amounts reflected for GSE and NPDC are for periods prior to the respective spin-off 
dates (see Note 3). 

62

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Information  about  the  Company’s  revenue  in  different  geographic  regions,  which  are  attributed  to 
countries based on location of customers, is as follows (in thousands): 

United States
United Kingdom
Other

2005

Years ended December 31,
2004

2003

$

$

157,343    $
12,879   
5,333   

148,938    $
11,010   
4,510   

175,555    $

164,458    $

124,195   
7,131   
2,549   

133,875   

Information about the Company’s total assets in different geographic regions is as follows (in thousands): 

United States
United Kingdom
Other

(15) Related Party Transactions 

December 31,

2005

2004

$

$

128,543    $
4,353   
1,745   

134,641    $

146,986   
4,230   
4,819   

156,035   

Refer to Note 13 for a description of certain transactions pursuant to which the Company repurchased or 
exchanged shares of its Common Stock and Class B Stock held by certain related parties. 

Related Party Transactions with Company Officers

On  April 1,  2002,  the  Company’s  then  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  entered  into  an  incentive 
compensation  agreement  with  the  Company  pursuant  to  which  he  was  eligible  to  receive  from  the 
Company up to five payments of $1,000,000 each, based on the closing price of the Company’s Common 
Stock  sustaining  or  averaging  increasing  specified  levels  over  periods  of  at  least  10  consecutive  trading 
days. On June 11, 2003, July 23, 2003, December 22, 2003, November 3, 2004 and December 10, 2004, he 
earned  an  incentive  payment  of  $1,000,000  each.  The  Company  recorded  compensation  expense  of 
$2,000,000  and  $3,000,000  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2004  and  2003,  respectively,  which  is 
included in selling, general and administrative expense. 

To  the  extent  there  were  any  outstanding  loans  from  the  Company  to  the  CEO  at  the  time  an  incentive 
payment was payable, the Company had the right to off-set the payment of such incentive payment first 
against the outstanding accrued interest under such loans and next against any outstanding principal. The 
Company applied the entire incentive compensation earned by the CEO during 2004 and 2003 against the 
accrued interest and principal balances on his outstanding loans. 

As  of  December 31,  2005,  the  Company  had  a  note  receivable  from  the  Company’s  Chairman  of  the 
Executive  Committee  and  former  CEO,  of  approximately  $619,000,  after  offsetting  his  incentive 
compensation earned in 2004 and 2003, as discussed above. The note bears interest at the prime rate and is 

63

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

secured  by  Class  B  Stock  and  certain  other  assets  owned  by  him.  All  unpaid  principal  on  the  loans  and 
accrued interest are due on May 31, 2007.  In addition, as of December 31, 2005, the Company had other 
employee  advances  and  unsecured  loans  receivable  from  him,  totaling  approximately  $221,000.    On 
January  19,  2006,  he  repaid  approximately  $853,000  of  approximately  $972,000  of  total  indebtedness 
(including principal and interest) owed by him to the Company, including the entire remaining balance of 
the note receivable discussed above. 

 The Company had loans receivable from other Company officers of approximately $18,000 and $65,000 
as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

Management Services Agreements Between NPDC and the Company

Prior to the spin-off, NPDC was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  In connection with the spin-
off,  NPDC  entered  into  a  separate  management  agreement  with  the  Company  pursuant  to  which  the 
Company provides certain general corporate services to NPDC. 

Corporate Tax, Legal Support, and Executive Management Consulting Services 

The Company has four employees, including the CEO and Chief Legal Officer, who also provide services 
to  NPDC  under  a  management  services  agreement,  for  which  the  Company  is  reimbursed  for  such 
services.  Services under the agreement relate to corporate federal and state income taxes, corporate legal 
services, corporate secretarial administrative support, and executive management consulting.  The term of 
the agreement extends for three years from the date of the spin-off, or through November 24, 2007, and 
may be terminated by either NPDC or the Company on or after July 30, 2006 with 180 days prior written 
notice,  with  the  exception  of  fees  relating  to  compensation  for  NPDC’s  CEO  for  which  NPDC  is  liable 
through  May  31,  2007  pursuant  to  his  employment  agreement.    Pursuant  to  an  amendment  to  the 
management services agreement effective July 1, 2005, NPDC pays the Company an annual fee of not less 
than  $969,500  as  compensation  for  these  services,  payable  in  equal  monthly  installments.    Prior  to  this 
amendment, the Company charged NPDC a management fee based on an allocation of actual general and 
administrative costs incurred by the Company on behalf of NPDC.  For the year ended December 31, 2005, 
NPDC reimbursed the Company approximately $1,141,000 for services under the management agreement, 
which is included as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense.   

Corporate Office Lease 

NPDC  continues  to  occupy  a  portion  of  corporate  office  space  leased  by  the  Company.  Pursuant  to  the 
management  services  agreement,  a  portion  of  the  management  fee  paid  by  NPDC  to  the  Company 
represents compensation for use of this space.  The Company’s lease extends through December 31, 2006. 

Management Services Agreement Between GSE and the Company

Pursuant to a management services agreement, the Company provides corporate support services to GSE.  
GSE pays the Company an annual fee of $685,000 for these services and can terminate the agreement by 
providing  sixty  days  written  notice.    The  management  services  agreement  can  be  renewed  by  GSE  for 
successive  one-year  terms  and  was  renewed  through  December  31,  2006.  Subsequent  to  the  spin-off  of 

64

(Continued) 

 
 
 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

GSE  effective  September  30,  2005,  the  Company  continues  to  provide  GSE  with  corporate  support 
services through December 31, 2006.   

(16) Commitments, Guarantees, and Contingencies 

Commitments

Operating Leases 

The  Company  has  various  noncancelable  leases  for  real  property  and  machinery  and  equipment.  Such 
leases expire at various dates with, in some cases, options to extend their terms.  

Minimum rentals under long-term operating leases are as follows (in thousands): 

2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Thereafter

Total

Real
property

Machinery and
equipment

Total

$

$

2,628    $
1,969   
1,603   
1,327   
1,246   
4,843   

976    $
546   
54   
2   
—   
—   

3,604   
2,515   
1,657   
1,329   
1,246   
4,843   

13,616    $

1,578    $

15,194   

Certain  of  the  leases  contain  provisions  for  rent  escalation  based  primarily  on  increases  in  a  specified 
Consumer Price Index, real estate taxes and operating costs incurred by the lessor. Rent expense included 
in continuing operations was approximately $3,541,000, $3,834,000, and $4,200,000 for 2005, 2004 and 
2003, respectively. 

Employment Agreements 

The  Company  has  employment  agreements  with  certain  of  its  officers,  which  provide  for  committed 
compensation  of  $3,713,000,  $1,623,000,  and  $341,000  in  2006,  2007,  and  2008,  respectively.  The 
Company’s employment agreements have various employment terms expiring through 2008, and contain 
non-compete covenants and change of control and termination provisions. 

Indemnification Agreements 

In December 2005, the Company entered into indemnification agreements with the directors and certain 
executive  officers  of  the  Company.   The  indemnification  agreements  provide  that  the  Company  will 
contractually indemnify and advance expenses on behalf of such persons if he or she is made or threatened 
to be made a party or a participant in a proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she was a director and/or 
officer  of  the  Company,  as  applicable,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by 
applicable law. 

65

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Guarantees

The Company guarantees certain operating leases for Five Star’s New Jersey and Connecticut warehouses, 
totaling approximately $1,589,000 per year through the first quarter of 2007.  The Company’s guarantee of 
Five Star’s leases remained in effect subsequent to the spin-off of NPDC. 

Subsequent  to  the  spin-off  of  NPDC,  the  Company  continues  to  guarantee  the  repayment  of  two  debt 
obligations  of  MXL,  which  are  secured  by  property  and  certain  equipment  of  MXL.    The  aggregate 
outstanding balance as of December 31, 2005 was $1.4 million.  The Company’s guarantees expire upon 
the maturity of the debt obligations which are October 1, 2006 and March 31, 2011. 

The  Company  continued  to  guarantee  GSE’s  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Agreement  (for  which 
$1,500,000  is  allocated  for  use  by  GSE)  subsequent  to  the  spin-off  on  September  30,  2005.    As  of 
December  31,  2005,  GSE  had  borrowings  of  $1,182,000  under  the  Credit  Agreement.    In  March  2006, 
GSE repaid its borrowings in full and ceased to be a Borrower under the Credit Agreement (see Note 6).   

(17) Litigation

On January 3, 2001, the Company commenced an action alleging that MCI Communications Corporation 
(“MCI”), MCI’s Systemhouse subsidiaries (“Systemhouse”), and Electronic Data Systems Corporation, as 
successor to Systemhouse (“EDS”), committed fraud in connection with the Company’s 1998 acquisition 
of  Learning  Technologies  from  the  defendants  for  $24,300,000  in  cash.    The  Company  sought  actual 
damages in the amount of $74,067,044 plus interest, punitive damages in an amount to be determined at 
trial, and costs, subject to reduction as set forth below.   

The  complaint,  which  was  filed  in  the  New  York  State  Supreme  Court,  alleges  that  the  defendants 
fraudulently induced the Company to acquire Learning Technologies by concealing the poor performance 
of  Learning  Technologies’  United  Kingdom  operation.    The  complaint  also  alleges  that  the  defendants 
represented that Learning Technologies would continue to receive new business from Systemhouse even 
though  the  defendants  knew  that  the  sale  of  Systemhouse  to  EDS  was  imminent  and  that  such  new 
business would cease after such sale.  In February 2001, the defendants filed answers denying liability.  No 
counterclaims  against  the  plaintiffs  were  asserted.    Although  discovery  had  not  yet  been  completed, 
defendants made a motion for summary judgment, which was submitted in April 2002. Before the motion 
was  decided,  MCI  filed  for  bankruptcy.    As  a  result  of  MCI’s  bankruptcy  filing,  the  state  court  did  not 
decide the motion. 

The  defendants  other  than  MCI  then  made  an  application  to  the  court  to  stay  the  fraud  action  until  the 
Company and EDS completed a later-commenced arbitration, in which the Company alleged breach of the 
acquisition  agreement  and  of  a  separate  agreement  to  refer  business  to  General  Physics  on  a  preferred 
provider basis and seeking actual damages in the amount of $17,600,000 plus interest.  In a decision dated 
May 9, 2003, the court granted the motion and stayed the fraud action until the arbitration was completed.   

The  arbitration  hearings  took  place  in  May  2004  before  JAMS,  a  private  dispute  resolution  firm.    On 
September 10, 2004, the arbitrator issued an interim award in which she found that the sellers of Learning 
Technologies breached certain representations and warranties contained in the acquisition agreement.  In a 

66

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

final award dated November 29, 2004, the arbitrator awarded General Physics $12,273,575 in damages and 
$6,016,109 in pre-award interest.  (The damages sought in the fraud action are subject to reduction by the 
$12,273,575  in  damages  awarded  in  the  arbitration.)    On  December  30,  2004,  EDS  made  a  payment  of 
$18,428,486, which included $138,802 of post-award interest, to General Physics to satisfy its obligation 
under the arbitration award, which cash was held in escrow as of December 31, 2004. EDS subsequently 
agreed that the arbitration award was final and binding and that it would take no steps of any kind to vacate 
or  otherwise  challenge  the  award.    As  a  result  of  the  foregoing,  the  Company  recognized  a  gain  on  the 
arbitration award, net of legal fees and expenses, of $13,660,000 in 2004.   

Once the arbitration was concluded, the state court lifted the stay of the fraud claim against the defendants 
other than MCI.  In November 2005, trial began on the Company’s claims against EDS and Systemhouse 
relating  to  false  representations  concerning  the  financial  condition  of  Learning  Technologies’  United 
Kingdom  operation.  On  November  23,  2005,  after  more  than  four  days  of  trial,  the  Company  agreed  to 
settle its claims against EDS and Systemhouse.  Pursuant to the settlement, EDS made a cash payment to 
the Company in the amount of $9,000,000 on December 14, 2005. 

In connection with the spin-off of NPDC by the Company on November 24, 2004, the Company agreed to 
make  an  additional  capital  contribution  to  NPDC  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  first  $5,000,000  of  any 
proceeds  (net  of  litigation  expenses  and  taxes  incurred,  if  any),  and  50%  of  any  proceeds  in  excess  of 
$15,000,000 (net of litigation expenses and taxes incurred, if any), received with respect to the foregoing 
arbitration and litigation claims.  After payment of legal fees associated with the litigation, the net proceeds 
received by the Company for the settlement were approximately $6,880,000. The Company had previously 
incurred approximately $1,328,000 of expenses with respect to the litigation, so the Company recognized a 
gain on the litigation settlement, net of legal fees and expenses, of approximately $5,552,000 in 2005.   

Pursuant to the agreement with NPDC, the Company made a $5,000,000 additional capital contribution to 
NPDC out of the proceeds of the arbitration award in January 2005.  The Company had a payable to NPDC 
of approximately $1,201,000 as of December 31, 2005 for the additional capital contribution relating to the 
litigation  proceeds  received  in  December  2005.    These  additional  capital  contributions  to  NPDC  were 
accounted for as components of the net assets distributed to NPDC in connection with the spin-off, through 
a reduction of additional paid-in capital.     

The fraud action against MCI had been stayed as a result of the bankruptcy of MCI and the Company’s 
claims  against  MCI  were  not  tried  or  settled  with  the  claims  against  EDS.    On  December  13,  2005,  the 
Bankruptcy  Court  heard  argument  on  the  summary  judgment  that  MCI  had  made  in  state  court  in  April 
2002, before its bankruptcy filing.  The motion has not yet been decided.  

The Company is not a party to any legal proceeding, the outcome of which is believed by management to 
have a reasonable likelihood of having a material adverse effect upon the financial condition and operating 
results of the Company. 

67

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

(18) Quarterly Information (unaudited) 

The  Company’s  quarterly  financial  information  has  not  been  audited  but,  in  management’s  opinion, 
includes all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation. 

Revenue
Gross profit
Income  from 

continuing operations
Loss from discontinued 

operations, net of income taxes

Net income
Per common share data

Basic:

Income from 

continuing operations
Loss from discontinued 
operations, net of
income taxes

Net income

Diluted:

Income from 

continuing operations
Loss from discontinued 

operations, net
of income taxes

Net income

$

$

$

$

$

Three months ended

March 31,
2005

June 30,
2005

September 30,
2005

December 31,
2005

Year ended
December 31,
2005

43,560   $
5,544  

43,659   $
6,368  

44,059   $
6,688  

44,277   $
6,391  

175,555  
24,991  

842  

(374) 
468  

1,441  

(221) 
1,220  

1,459  

(417) 
1,042  

4,715  

(232) 
4,483  

8,457  

(1,244) 
7,213  

0.05   $

0.08   $

0.08   $

0.25   $

0.47  

(0.02) 
0.03 $

(0.01) 
0.07 $

(0.02) 
0.06 $

(0.01) 
0.24 $

(0.07) 
0.40

0.04   $

0.08   $

0.07   $

0.25   $

0.45  

(0.02) 
0.02 $

(0.01) 
0.07 $

(0.02) 
0.05 $

(0.01) 
0.24 $

(0.07) 
0.38

The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not equal the total for the year due to the effects
of rounding and dilution as a result of issuing common shares during the year.

68

(Continued) 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Revenue
Gross profit
Income (loss)  from 

continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued 
operations, net of income taxes

Net income

Per common share data:

Basic:

Income from 

continuing operations

Income (loss) from

discontinued operations,
net of income taxes

Net income

Diluted:

Income from 

continuing operations

Income (loss) from

discontinued operations,
net of income taxes

Net income

$

$

$

$

$

Three months ended

March 31,
2004

June 30,
2004

September 30,
2004

December 31,
2004

Year ended
December 31,
2004

35,159   $
3,977  

39,477   $
4,728  

44,178   $
5,323  

45,644   $
5,311  

164,458  
19,339  

(61) 

192  
131  

77  

316  
393  

600  

(171) 
429  

21,650  

22,266  

(83) 
21,567  

254  
22,520  

—   $

—   $

0.03   $

1.21   $

1.26  

0.01  
0.01 $

0.02  
0.02 $

(0.01) 
0.02 $

—  
1.21 $

0.01  
1.27

—   $

—   $

0.03   $

1.15   $

1.22  

0.01  
0.01 $

0.02  
0.02 $

(0.01) 
0.02 $

—  
1.15 $

0.01  
1.23

The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not equal the total for the year due to the effects
of rounding and dilution as a result of issuing common shares during the year.

(19) Subsequent Events 

On January 19, 2006, the Company repurchased a total of 2,721,500 shares of Common Stock and Class B 
Stock  representing  approximately  15%  of  the  total  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company.  
See Note 13 for further details regarding this transaction. 

On  February  14,  2006,  the  Company  announced  that  it  had  completed  the  acquisition  of  Peters 
Management  Consultancy  Ltd.  (PMC),  a  performance  improvement  and  training  company  in  the  United 
Kingdom.    The  purchase  price  was  $1.3  million  in  cash,  subject  to  a  post-closing  adjustment  based  on 
actual net equity, plus contingent payments of up to $0.9 million based upon the achievement of certain 
performance targets during the first year following completion of the acquisition.  

On  March  8,  2006,  GSE  repaid  its  borrowings  of  $1,182,000  under  General  Physics’  Credit  Agreement 
using  proceeds  received  from  a  separate  financing  transaction.  In  connection  with  this  transaction,  GSE 
ceased to be a Borrower under General Physics’ Credit Agreement (see Note 6).  

69 

 
Item 9: 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None.

Item 9A:  Controls and Procedures 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required 
to be disclosed by it in its reports filed or submitted pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
(Exchange  Act),  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the 
Company  in  its  Exchange  Act  reports  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  the 
Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Company’s Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of 
December 31,  2005.  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of such date because of 
the material weakness described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
(Item 9A(b)). 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).  Under the supervision and with the participation 
of our management, the Company carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of 
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2005,  based  on  the  framework  in 
“Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework”  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (“COSO”). 

In  conducting  the  aforementioned  evaluation  and  assessment,  management  identified  the  following  material 
weakness in internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005: 

The  Company’s  account  reconciliation  and  management  review  controls  over  the  accounting  for 
income taxes were not operating effectively because of the lack of adequate tax accounting expertise 
as of December 31, 2005. As a result, there was a material misstatement in the Company’s income 
tax provision that was corrected prior to the issuance of the 2005 consolidated financial statements.   

Based  on  the  material  weakness  described  above,  management  concluded  that  the  Company’s  internal  control 
over  financial  reporting  was  not  effective  as  of  December  31,  2005.    Management’s  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by KPMG 
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report appears in Item 8. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during our fourth fiscal quarter of 2005 that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

Regarding the material weakness described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting  above,  the  Company  will  continue  to  revise  its  processes  and  procedures  over  the  accounting  for 
income taxes and hired a tax director on December 31, 2005 which we believe will provide the Company with 

70 

 
the necessary technical skills to perform, review and analyze complex tax accounting activities. We believe these 
additional controls will remediate the material weakness; however, such determination will not occur until these 
additional  controls  have  been  in  place  for  a  period  of  time  sufficient  to  demonstrate  that  the  controls  are 
operating effectively. 

(d) Limitations of Effectiveness of Controls 

Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  cannot  provide  absolute  assurance  of  achieving  financial  reporting 
objectives because of its inherent limitations.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves 
human  diligence  and  compliance  and  is  subject  to  lapses  in  judgment  and  breakdowns  resulting  from  human 
failures.    Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  also  can  be  circumvented  by  collusion  or  improper 
management  override.    Because  of  such  limitations,  there  is  a  risk  that  material  misstatements  may  not  be 
prevented  or  detected  on  a  timely  basis  by  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    However,  these  inherent 
limitations  are  known  features  of  the  financial  reporting  process.    Therefore,  it  is  possible  to  design  into  the 
process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. 

Item 9B:  Other Information 

None.

71 

 
Part III 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for directors, officers and employees of the 
Company and its subsidiaries, which was approved by the Company’s Audit Committee and Board of Directors. 
A  copy  of  this  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  into  this  report  as 
Exhibit 14.1. If the Company makes any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grants any 
waiver from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for its executive officers or directors, the 
Company  will  within  five  (5)  days  disclose  the  nature  of  such  amendment  or  waiver  on  its  website  at 
www.gpstrategies.com or in a report on Form 8-K. 

All other information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is 
incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Directors and Executive Officers of the 
Registrant”,  “Executive  Compensation”,  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management 
and Related Stockholder Matters”, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Principal Accountant 
Fees and Services” in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

72 

 
Part IV 

Item 15:  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

(a)(1) The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary 

Data:

Financial Statements of GP Strategies Corporation and Subsidiaries: 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2005 and 2004 

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Stockholders’  Equity  and  Comprehensive  Income 
(Loss) – Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 
2003 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Schedules other than Schedule II are omitted as not applicable or required. 

(a)(3) Exhibits 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

* Filed herewith. 

Page

30 

33 

34 

35 

36

38 

i 

* 

73 

 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated: March 16, 2006 

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION 

By /s/  Scott N. Greenberg 

Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signatures 

Title 

Principal executive officer and director: 

By /s/  Scott N. Greenberg 

Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Principal financial and accounting officer: 

By /s/  Sharon Esposito-Mayer 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Directors: 

/s/   Harvey P. Eisen 

/s/   Jerome I. Feldman 

/s/   Marshall S. Geller 

/s/   Richard Pfenniger 

/s/   Ogden R. Reid 

Chairman of the Board 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

74 

 
 
 
 
Exhibit number

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Registrant  filed  on  October 6,  1995. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3  of  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended September 30, 1995. 

Amendment to the Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on January 24, 
1997. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 1996. 

Certificate  of  Designations,  Preferences  and  Rights  of  Series  A  Junior  Participating 
Preferred Stock of the Registrant dated June 23, 1997. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.3 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. 

Amendment  to  the  Registrant’s  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  filed  on  March 5, 
1998. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. 

Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of  the  Registrant.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 1, 1999. 

1973 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of the Registrant, as amended on June 26, 2000. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. 

GP Strategies Corporation 2003 Incentive Stock Plan. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 4 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. 

General  Physics  Corporation  2004  Bonus  Plan.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1999, between the Registrant and Jerome I. 
Feldman. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended June 30, 1999. 

Amended  and  Restated  Incentive  Compensation  Agreement  dated  as  of  June 11,  2003 
between  the  Registrant  and  Jerome  I.  Feldman.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. 

Amendment  dated  as  of  October 1,  2003  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Incentive 
Compensation  Agreement  dated  June 11,  2003  between  GP  Strategies  Corporation  and 
Jerome I. Feldman. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. 

Amended  and  Restated  Incentive  Compensation  Agreement  dated  November 17,  2003 
between  GP  Strategies  Corporation  and  Jerome  I.  Feldman.  Incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
September 30, 2003. 

Stock  Exchange  Agreement dated  January  19,  2006  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Jerome I. Feldman.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s 
Form 8-K dated January 25, 2006. 

75 

 
Exhibit number

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July 1,  1999,  between  the  Registrant  and  Scott  N. 
Greenberg.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999. 

Amendment, dated January 21, 2005, to Employment Agreement dated as of July 1, 1999 
between  the  Company  and  Scott  N.  Greenberg.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2005. 

Lock-Up Agreement between the Registrant and Scott N. Greenberg in connection with a 
stock  grant  authorized  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  on 
March  23,  2005.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Separation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September 3,  2002,  between  General  Physics 
Corporation and John C. McAuliffe. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the 
Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 4, 2002. 

Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2001 between the Registrant and Andrea D. 
Kantor. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2001. 

Amendment,  dated  January 21,  2005,  to  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 1, 
2001 between the Company and Andrea D. Kantor. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2005. 

Stock  Unit  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Andrea  D.  Kantor  dated  April  11, 
2005.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2005.  

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1999, between the Registrant and Douglas E. 
Sharp. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 2003. 

Amendment, dated January 21, 2005, to Employment Agreement dated as of July 1, 1999 
between the Company and Douglas E. Sharp. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2005. 

Lock-Up Agreement between the Registrant and Douglas E. Sharp in connection with a 
stock  grant  authorized  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  on 
March  23,  2005.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  August  16,  2005,  between  the  Registrant  and  Sharon 
Esposito-Mayer.* 

Stock  Unit  Agreement,  dated  April  11,  2005,  between  the  Registrant  and  Sharon 
Esposito-Mayer.* 

Form  of  Employment  Agreement  between  the  Registrant’s  subsidiary,  General  Physics 
Corporation and certain officers.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

76 

 
Exhibit number

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

Form  of  Stock  Unit  Agreement  between  the  Registrant’s  subsidiary,  General  Physics 
Corporation and certain officers.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June 3,  1998,  by  and  among  SHL  Systemhouse 
Co.,  MCI  Systemhouse  Corp.,  SHL  Computer  Innovations  Inc.,  SHL  Technology 
Solutions Limited and General Physics Corporation. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 29, 1998. 

Preferred  Provider  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June 3,  1998,  by  and  among  SHL 
Systemhouse  Co.,  MCI  Systemhouse  Corp.,  SHL  Computer  Innovations  Inc.,  SHL 
Technology Solutions Limited and General Physics Corporation. Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 29, 1998. 

Financing  and  Security  Agreement  dated  August 13,  2003  by  and  between  General 
Physics  Corporation,  MXL  Industries,  Inc.  and  Wachovia  Bank  National  Association. 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Guaranty  of  Payment  Agreement  dated  August 13,  2003  by  GP  Strategies  Corporation 
for the benefit of Wachovia Bank, National Association. Incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

First Amendment dated March 30, 2004 to the Financing and Security Agreement dated 
August 13, 2003. * 

Second Amendment dated July 2, 2004 to the Financing and Security Agreement dated 
August 13, 2003.* 

Third  Amendment  dated  July  30,  2004  to  the  Financing  and  Security  Agreement  dated 
August 13, 2003.* 

Fourth  Amendment  dated  January  19,  2006  to  the  Financing  and  Security  Agreement 
dated  August  13,  2003  by  General  Physics  Corporation,  Skillright,  Inc.,  GSE  Systems, 
Inc.,  GSE  Power  Systems,  Inc.,  MSHI,  Inc.  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association.  
Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated January 25, 2006. 

Forbearance  letter  dated  August  4,  2005.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Waiver letter dated February 17, 2006.* 

Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1997, between the Registrant and Computershare 
Investor  Services  LLC,  as  Rights  Agent,  which  includes,  as  Exhibit  A  thereto,  the 
Resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  with  respect  to  Series  A  Junior  Participating 
Preferred  Stock,  as  Exhibit  B  thereto,  the  form  of  Rights  Certificate  and  as  Exhibit  C 
thereto the form of Summary of Rights. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of 
the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 17, 1997. 

77 

 
Exhibit number

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

10.39 

10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

10.45 

10.46 

Amendment,  dated  as  of  July 30,  1999,  to  the  Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of  June 23, 
1997, between the Computershare Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent. Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-A12B/A filed on 
August 2, 1999. 

Amendment,  dated  as  of  December 16,  1999,  to  the  Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of 
June 23,  1997,  between  the  Registrant  and  Computershare  Investor  Services  LLC,  as 
Rights Agent. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s report on 
From 8-A12B/A filed on December 17, 1999. 

Agreement  dated,  December 29,  1998,  among  the  Registrant,  Jerome  I.  Feldman  and 
Martin M. Pollak. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998. 

Stock  Exchange  Agreement  dated  January  19,  2006  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Martin  M.  Pollak.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 8-K dated January 25, 2006. 

Subscription  Agreement  dated  as  of  October 19,  2001  between  the  Registrant  and 
Bedford  Oak  Partners,  L.P.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.21  to  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. 

Subscription  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 3,  2002  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Bedford  Oak  Partners,  L.P.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. 

Stock Repurchase Agreement dated January 19, 2006 by and between the Registrant and 
Bedford  Oak  Partners,  L.P.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the 
Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2006. 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 3, 2002 by and between the Registrant and 
EGI-Fund(02)04 Investors, L.L.L. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. 

Stock Repurchase Agreement dated January 19, 2006 by and between the Registrant and 
EGI-Fund (02-04) Investors, L.L.C.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2006. 

Subscription  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 3,  2002  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Marshall  Geller.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. 

Form of Officer’s Pledge Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 
to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. 

Form of Officer’s Promissory Note. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to 
the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. 

Sublease Agreement dated as of December 13, 2002 between the Registrant and Austin 
Nichols  &  Company,  Inc.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.35  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. 

78 

 
Exhibit number

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

10.50 

10.51 

10.52 

10.53 

10.54 

10.55 

10.56 

10.57 

Lease  Agreement  dated  as  of  July 5,  2002  between  the  Registrant’s  wholly  owned 
subsidiary,  General  Physics  Corporation  and  Riggs  Company.  Incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.36  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2002. 

Note  and  Warrant  Purchase  Agreement  dated  August 8,  2003  among  GP  Strategies 
Corporation,  National  Patent  Development  Corporation  and  Gabelli  Funds,  LLC. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.0  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Form  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation  6%  Conditional  Subordinated  Note  due  2008  dated 
August 14,  2003.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Form  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation  Warrant  Certificate  dated  August 14,  2003. 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Mortgage Security Agreement and Assignment of Leases dated August 14, 2003 between 
GP Strategies Corporation and Gabelli Funds, LLC. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.04 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Registration Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 between GP Strategies and Gabelli 
Funds, LLC. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the Registrant’s Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Indemnity  Agreement  dated  August 14,  2003  by  GP  Strategies  Corporation  for  the 
benefit  of  National  Patent  Development  Corporation  and  MXL  Industries,  Inc. 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Subordination  Agreement  dated  August 14,  2003  among  GP  Strategies  Corporation, 
Gabelli Funds, LLC, as Agent on behalf of the holders of the Company’s 6% Conditional 
Subordinated  Notes  due  2008  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association.  Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2003. 

Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement  dated  October 21,  2003  by  and  between  GP  Strategies 
Corporation and ManTech International. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated October 23, 2003. 

Teaming Agreement dated October 21, 2003 by and between GP Strategies Corporation 
and  ManTech  International.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 8-K dated October 23, 2003. 

$5,250,955  Promissory  Note  dated  October 21,  2003  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Registrant’s  Form  8-K  dated 
October 23, 2003. 

79 

 
Exhibit number

10.58 

10.59 

10.60 

10.61 

10.62 

10.63 

10.64 

10.65 

10.66 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

28 

31.1 

31.2 

Management Service Agreement dated January 1, 2004 between the Registrant and GSE 
Systems,  Inc.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.60  of  the  Registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003. 

Form  of  Management  Agreement  between 
the  Registrant  and  National  Patent 
Development Corporation. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of National 
Patent Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

Amendment  dated  July  1,  2005,  to  the  Management  Agreement  dated  July  30,  2004 
between  the  Registrant  and  National  Patent  Development  Corporation.    Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2005. 

Form of Management Agreement between National Patent Development Corporation and 
the  Registrant.  Incorporated  herein  by  references  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  National  Patent 
Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

Termination Agreement dated June 30, 2005 of the Management Agreement dated July 
30,  2004,  between  National  Patent  Development  Corporation  and  the  Registrant.  
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  of  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Form  of  Tax  Sharing  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  National  Patent 
Development Corporation. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of National 
Patent Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

Form  of  Distribution  Agreement  between 
the  Registrant  and  National  Patent 
Development  Corporation.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  of  National 
Patent Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

Code  of  Ethics  Policy.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  14.1  of  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003. 

Form of Indemnification Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 23, 2005. 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant* 

Not Applicable 

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm* 

Not Applicable 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer* 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer* 

80 

 
Exhibit number

32.1 

Certification Pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350*  

* Filed herewith. 

81 

 
 
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II

(In thousands)

Allowance for doubtful accounts (A)

Year ended December 31, 2005:

Year ended December 31, 2004:

Year ended December 31, 2003:

Balance at
beginning
of year

$

$

$

917   

1,739   

854   

Additions

Deductions
(B)

535   

191   

1,130   

(286) $

(1,013) $

(245) $

Balance at
end of
year

1,166   

917   

1,739   

(A) Deducted from accounts and other receivables on Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(B) Write-off of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries.  For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004,
deductions include allowance distributed in the spin-offs of GSE Systems, Inc. ($22) and National Patent 
Development Corporation ($418). 

i

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)

(cid:58) Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

or

(cid:134) Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                             to                             

Commission File Number 1-7234

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State of Incorporation)

13-1926739
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

6095 Marshalee Drive, Suite 300, Elkridge, MD
(Address of principal executive offices)

21075
(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(410) 379-3600
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $.01 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered:
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:          None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   (cid:134) No   (cid:58)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes   (cid:134) No   (cid:58)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   (cid:58) No (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition 
of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer (cid:134) 

Accelerated filer   (cid:58)

Non-accelerated filer  (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12(b)-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   (cid:134) No   (cid:58)

The aggregate market value of the outstanding shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share and Class B Capital 
Stock, par value $.01 per share held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2005 was approximately $106,684,000.

The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s Common Stock and Class B Capital Stock as of February 28, 2006:

Class
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Class B Capital Stock, par value $.01 per share

Outstanding
15,695,275 shares
—

None

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

EXPLANATORY NOTE 

This  Amendment  No.  1  on  Form  10-K/A  (the  “Amendment”)  amends  GP  Strategies  Corporation’s  (the 
“Company”) annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, originally filed on March 16, 
2006 (the “Original Filing”).  The company is filing this Amendment to include the information required by Part 
III and not included in the Original Filing as the Company will not file its definitive proxy statement within 120 
days  of  the  end  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2005.    In  addition,  in  connection  with  the 
filing of this Amendment and pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the company is 
including with this Amendment certain currently dated certifications.  Accordingly, Item 15 of Part IV has also 
been amended to reflect the filing of these currently dated certifications. 

Except as described above, no other changes have been made to the Original Filing.  This Amendment continues 
to speak as of the date of the Original Filing, and the Company has not updated the disclosures contained therein 
to reflect any events which occurred at a date subsequent to the filing of the Original Filing.   

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant  

Item 11.  Executive Compensation  

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures

1 

4 

17 

20 

23 

24 

31

Item 10. 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

PART III 

Scott N. Greenberg has been a Director of the Company since 1987, President from 2001 until February 
2006 and Chief Executive Officer since April 2005.  He was Chief Financial Officer from 1989 until December 
2005,  Executive  Vice  President  from  1998  to  2001,  and  Vice  President  from  1985  to  1998.    He  has  been  a 
Director of GSE since 1999 and was a Director of Five Star from 1998 to 2003 and a Director of Valera until 
January 2005.  Mr. Greenberg has also been a Director and Chief Financial Officer of NPDC since 2004.  Age 49 

Harvey P. Eisen has been a Director since 2002 and Chairman of the Board since April 2005.  He has 
been Chairman and Managing Member of Bedford Oak Management, LLC since 1998. Prior thereto, Mr. Eisen 
served as Senior Vice President of Travelers, Inc. and of Primerica prior to its merger with Travelers in 1993. 
Mr. Eisen has over thirty years of asset management experience, is often consulted by the national media for his 
views on all phases of the investment marketplace, and is frequently quoted in The Wall Street Journal, The New 
York  Times,  PensionWorld,  U.S.  News  &  World  Report,  Financial  World  and  Business  Week,  among  others. 
Mr. Eisen also appears regularly on such television programs as Wall Street Week, CNN, and CNBC. Mr. Eisen 
is a Trustee of the University of Missouri Business School where he established the first accredited course on the 
Warren Buffet Principles of Investing. Mr. Eisen has also been a Director of NPDC since August 2004.  He is 
also  a  Trustee  of  Rippowam  Cisqua  School  in  Bedford,  New  York  and  the  Northern  Westchester  Hospital 
Center. Age 63 

Jerome I. Feldman founded the Company in 1959.  He has been Chairman of the Executive Committee 
since  April  2005.    He  was  Chief  Executive  Officer  from  1959  until  April  2005,  Chairman  of  the  Board  from 
1999  until  April  2005  and  President  from  1959  until  2001.  He  has  been  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Five  Star 
Products,  Inc.  ("Five  Star"),  a  paint  and  hardware  distributor,  since  1994;  a  Director  of  GSE  Systems,  Inc. 
("GSE"), a global provider of real-time simulation and training solutions, since 1994; Chairman of the Board of 
GSE  since  1997;  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  National  Patent  Development 
Corporation  (“NPDC”),  a  holding  company  with  interests  in  optical  plastics,  paint  and  hardware  distribution 
services,  since  2004;  and  a  Director  of  Valera  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (“Valera”),  a  specialty  pharmaceutical 
company, since January 2005.  Mr. Feldman is also Chairman of the New England Colleges Fund and a Trustee 
of Northern Westchester Hospital Foundation.  Age 77 

Marshall S. Geller has been a Director of the Company since 2002.  Mr. Geller is Co-Founder and Senior 
Managing Director of St. Cloud Capital, a Los Angeles based private investment fund formed in December 2001.  
He is also Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founding Partner of Geller & Friend Capital Partners, Inc., a 
private  merchant  bank  formed  in  1995.  Mr.  Geller  has  spent  more  than  forty  years  in  corporate  finance  and 
investment  banking,  including  twenty  one  years  as  a  Senior  Managing  Director  of  Bear,  Stearns  &  Co.  with 
oversight of all operations in Los Angeles, San Francisco, Chicago, Hong Kong and the Far East.  Mr. Geller is 
currently  Non-Executive  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  ShopNBC-ValueVision  Media,  Inc.  (NasdaqNM:  VVTV), 
and  serves  as  a  Director  of  1st  Century  Bank,  Los  Angeles  (Nasdaq:FCNA),  Blue  Holdings,  Inc.  (NasdaqNM: 
BLUE), National Holdings Corp. (NHLD.OB) and is on the Board of Governors of Cedars Sinai Medical Center, 
Los  Angeles.    He  was  previously  the  Interim  Co-Chairman  of  Hexcel  Corporation  (NYSE:HXL)  and  Interim 
President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Players  International,  Inc.    Mr.  Geller  also  serves  on  the  Dean’s 
Advisory Council for the College of Business & Economics at California State University, Los Angeles.  Age 67 

Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr. has been a Director of the Company since January 2005.  Mr. Pfenniger is the 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  President,  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Continucare  Corporation,  a  provider  of 
primary care physician services.  Mr. Pfenniger was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in October 
2003  after  having  served  as  a  member  of  the  board  of  Continucare  since  March  2002  and  as  Chairman  since 
September  2002.      Mr.  Pfenniger  was  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Vice  Chairman  of  Whitman  Education 

1

 
 
 
 
 
Group, Inc., a provider of career-oriented higher education, from 1997 until June 2003.  From 1994 to 1997, Mr. 
Pfenniger served as the Chief Operating Officer of IVAX Corporation, and from 1989 to 1994 he served as the 
Senior Vice President-Legal Affairs and General Counsel of IVAX Corporation, a multi-national pharmaceutical 
company. Mr. Pfenniger currently serves as a Director of Cellular Technical Services Company, Inc.  Age 50 

Ogden R. Reid has been a Director of the Company since 1979. Mr. Reid had been Editor and Publisher 
of the New York Herald Tribune and of its International Edition; United States Ambassador to Israel; a six-term 
member  of  the  United  States  Congress  and  a  New  York  State  Environmental  Commissioner.    Mr.  Reid  is  a 
Director of Valera.  Mr. Reid is currently Chairman of the Council of American Ambassadors.  Age 80 

Douglas  E.  Sharp  has  been  the  President  of  the  Company  since  February  2006  and  President  of  the 
Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, General Physics Corporation (“GPC”), since 2002.  Mr. Sharp has had a 
broad  range  of  experience  with  GPC  having  worked  in  all  of  the  market  sectors  served  by  GPC  during  his 
twenty-one year tenure with GPC.   Mr. Sharp, who is a mechanical engineer, had most recently served as Chief 
Operating  Officer  of  GPC.    Mr.  Sharp  holds  professional  engineering  registrations  in  the  states  of  Arizona, 
Florida, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee and Washington.  He is a member of the American Society of Training 
and  Development,  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  and  the  American  Institute  of  Chemical 
Engineers.  He has been a Director of GSE since 2003.  Age 47 

Andrea D. Kantor has been Executive Vice President and General Counsel since April 2005.  She was Vice 
President and General Counsel from 2001 to 2005, Vice President and Corporate Counsel from 1999 to 2001, and 
Associate General Counsel from 1988 to 1999.    She has been a Director of GSE since 2003.  Ms. Kantor practiced 
law  as  a  corporate  associate  in  New  York  City  at  Schulte  Roth  &  Zabel  LLP,  and  prior  to  that  at  Sidley  Austin 
Brown  &  Wood  LLP.    Ms.  Kantor  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of  the  Bar  of  the  City  of  New  York  and  a 
member of the Corporate and Securities Law Committee of the American Corporate Counsel Association.  Age 48 

Sharon  Esposito-Mayer  has  been  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company 
since  December  2005.    She  has  been  the  Executive  Vice  President  of  Finance  of  GPC  since  2004,  was  Vice 
President of Finance of GPC from 2001 to 2004 and Director of Finance of GPC from 1997 to 2000, and has 
held various other positions since joining GPC in 1995.  Age 39 

Karl Baer has been Executive Vice President of the Company since March 2006.  He has been Executive 
Vice President of GPC since 2004 and was Vice President of GPC from 1998 until 2004.  Mr. Baer has held various 
other  positions  since  joining  GPC  in  1987.    Prior  to  joining  GPC,  Mr.  Baer  served  in  the  U.S.  Navy’s  nuclear 
submarine force for over nine years.  Age 46 

Larry T. Davis has been Executive Vice President of the Company since March 2006.  He has been an 
Executive Vice President of GPC since 2000 and was Vice President 1988 to 1999.  Mr. Davis has held various 
other positions since joining GPC in 1984.  Age 58  

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company's officers and directors, and persons who own 
more  than  10%  of  a  registered  class  of  the  Company's  securities,  to  file  reports  of  ownership  and  changes  in 
ownership with the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, and to furnish such reports to the Company. 

Based solely on a review of copies of such reports for 2005, the Company believes that during 2005 all 
reports  applicable  to  its  officers,  directors  and  greater  than  10%  beneficial  owners  were  filed  on  a  timely  basis, 
except that Messrs. Eisen, Geller, Pfenniger and Reid inadvertently filed the incorrect form reporting the receipt of 
shares constituting director’s fees and have corrected such filings, and Ms. Kantor filed one late report. 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Committee 

The Company has established an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors consisting of Ogden R. Reid, 
Chairman, Marshall Geller and Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr.  The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Pfenniger 
qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable SEC regulations and is independent under the 
NYSE listing standards that currently apply to the Company. 

Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for directors, officers and employees 
of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  Chief 
Financial Officer, the Director of Financial Reporting and other senior managers in the accounting and finance 
department of the Company and its subsidiaries.  A copy of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be 
found on our website at www.gpstrategies.com.  If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the Code 
of Ethics for its executive officers or directors or grants any waiver from a provision of the Code of Ethics for its 
executive  officers  or  directors,  the  Company  will  within  five  (5)  business  days  disclose  the  nature  of  such 
amendment or waiver in a Report on Form 8-K or on its website at www.gstrategies.com.

3

 
Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

The following table and notes present the compensation paid by the Company and subsidiaries to its Chief 

Executive Officer and the Company’s other named executive officers. 

Summary Compensation Table 

Annual Compensation 

Long-Term Compensation 

Salary
($) 

288,852 
289,296 
285,500 

363,041 
347,517 
317,725 

235,932 
221,557 
218,490 

174,668 
152,588 
132,989 

Bonus
($) 

100,000(1) 
350,000(3) 
75,000(6) 

85,000(1) 
50,000(9) 
-- 

50,000(13) 
50,000(3) 
-- 

75,000(13) 
50,000(3) 
25,000(21) 

102,708(24) 
504,950 
508,583 

-- 

2,000,000(26) 
3,000,000(26) 

Restricted 
Stock 
Awards 
($) 

-- 

296,100(4) 

-- 

-- 

239,700(10) 

-- 

150,700(14) 

-- 
-- 

173,305(18) 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 

Securities 
Underlying
Options 
(#) 

-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 

      9,003(2) 
8,491(5) 
24,584(7) 

7,281(8) 
6,718(11) 
5,384(12) 

8,773(15) 
8,170(16) 
7,220(17) 

6,437(19) 
5,242(20) 
40,568(22) 

39,824(25) 
199,322(27) 
73,271(28) 

Name and Principal Position 

Scott N. Greenberg 
  Chief Executive Officer 

Douglas E. Sharp 
  President 

Andrea D. Kantor 
  Executive Vice President  
  and General Counsel 

Sharon Esposito-Mayer 
  Executive Vice President  
  and Chief Financial Officer  

Jerome I. Feldman 
  Chairman of the  
  Executive Committee(23) 
_______________________ 

Year

2005 
2004 
2003 

2005 
2004 
2003 

2005 
2004 
2003 

2005 
2004 
2003 

2005 
2004 
2003 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

Bonus for 2005 pursuant to employment agreement. 

Includes a $7,000 matching contribution to the GP Retirement Savings Plan (“the GP Plan”) and $2,003 for 
life insurance premiums.

Discretionary bonus for 2004. 

Represents the value of restricted stock based on the closing market price of the Common Stock on the date of 
grant, March 23, 2005 (the expense was accrued in 2004).  Restricted stock was fully vested on the date of 
grant but contains a restriction on sale until December 31, 2007. Dividends, if any, are paid on the restricted 
stock.  At December 31, 2005, Mr. Greenberg held 42,000 shares of restricted stock with a market value of 
$342,720.

Includes a $6,500 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $1,991 for life insurance premiums. 

Bonus for 2003 pursuant to employment agreement. 

Includes a $6,056 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $1,278 for life insurance premiums.  Also includes 
$17,250 paid to Mr. Greenberg during the year ended December 31, 2003 by GSE as compensation for serving 
as  a  Director  of  GSE.    GSE  was  a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  from  October  23,  2003  to 
September 30, 2005. 

(8) 

Includes a $4,978 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $2,303 for life insurance premiums. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(9) 

Bonus for 2004 pursuant to employment agreement. 

(10) 

Represents the value of restricted stock based on the closing market price of the Common Stock on the date of 
grant, March 23, 2005 (the expense was accrued in 2004).  Restricted stock was fully vested on the date of 
grant but contains a restriction on sale until December 31, 2007.  Dividends, if any, are paid on the restricted 
stock.  At December 31, 2005, Mr. Sharp held 34,000 shares of restricted stock with a value of $277,440. 

(11) 

Includes a $4,570 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $2,148 for life insurance premiums. 

(12) 

Includes a $4,271 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $1,113 for life insurance premiums. 

(13)  Discretionary bonus for 2005. 

(14) 

Represents the value of restricted stock units based on the closing market price of the Common Stock on the 
date of grant, April 11, 2005.  Restricted stock units vested 50% on December 31, 2005 and will vest 50% on 
December 31, 2006.  Vesting accelerates upon a change of control or the sale of the Company.  At the time of 
vesting, restricted stock units are settled in shares of Common Stock, and dividends, if any, are not paid on the 
restricted  stock  units  until  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  issued.    At  December  31,  2005,  Ms.  Kantor  held 
10,000  non-vested  restricted  stock  units  with  a  value,  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the  underlying 
Common Stock, of $81,600. This does not include 10,000 shares of Common Stock held by Ms. Kantor on 
December  31,  2005  with  a  value  of  $81,600,  representing  the  settlement  of  the  vested  portion  of  restricted 
stock units granted on April 11, 2005. 

(15) 

Includes a $7,000 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $1,773 for life insurance premiums.

(16) 

Includes a $6,500 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $1,670 for life insurance premiums. 

(17) 

Includes a $6,076 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $1,144 for life insurance premiums. 

(18) 

Represents the value of restricted stock units based on the closing market price of the Common Stock on the 
date of grant, April 11, 2005.  Restricted stock units will vest 40% on April 5, 2007 and 20% on each of April 
5, 2008, 2009, and 2010.  Vesting accelerates upon a change of control or the sale of the Company.  At the 
time  of  vesting,  restricted  stock  units  are  settled  in  shares  of  Common  Stock,  and  dividends,  if  any,  are  not 
paid  on  the  restricted  stock  units  until  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  issued.    At  December  31,  2005,  Ms. 
Esposito-Mayer held 23,000 non-vested restricted stock units with a value, based on the closing market price 
of the underlying Common Stock, of $187,680.  

(19)  

Includes a $5,669 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $768 for life insurance premiums. 

(20) 

Includes a $4,572 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $670 for life insurance premiums.  

(21)  Discretionary bonus for 2003.

(22) 

Includes  a  $4,236  matching  contribution  to  the  GP  Plan,  $432  for  life  insurance  premiums  and  $35,900  of 
value  realized  on  the  exercise  of  options  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  pursuant  to 
1973 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.

(23)  On  April  26,  2005,  Mr.  Feldman  resigned  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the 

Company and became Chairman of the Executive Committee.   

5

(24) 

Pursuant to a management services agreement, commencing November 24, 2004, NPDC pays the Company a 
management  fee  to  cover  a  portion  of  the  compensation  of  certain  officers  of  the  Company  who  provide 
services to NPDC, which includes reimbursement of approximately 80% of Mr. Feldman’s compensation in 
2005.    The  amount  shown  in  the  table  is  presented  net  of  such  reimbursed  amounts.    Mr.  Feldman’s  gross 
salary  for  2005  was  $513,541  before  reimbursement  from  NPDC.  See  Item  13.  “Certain  Relationships  and 
Related Transactions.” 

(25) 

The amount shown in the table is presented net of the amounts reimbursed by NPDC (see (24) above).  Mr. 
Feldman’s gross other compensation includes a $5,104 matching contribution to the “GP Plan” and $194,017 
for life insurance premiums, before reimbursement from NPDC. 

(26) 

Bonus  earned  pursuant  to  the  Incentive  Compensation  Agreement  dated  April  1,  2002,  as  amended.    See 
“Employment Agreements – Jerome I. Feldman.” 

(27)

Includes a $4,625 matching contribution to the GP Plan and $194,697 for life insurance premiums.   

(28) 

Includes  a  $4,404  matching  contribution  to  the  GP  Plan  and  $32,867  for  life  insurance  premiums.  Also 
includes $36,000 paid to Mr. Feldman during the year ended December 31, 2003 by GSE as compensation 
for serving as a Director of GSE.  GSE was a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company from October 23, 
2003 to September 30, 2005.   

  No options were granted to the named executive officers in 2005. 

Option Grants in 2005 

Aggregate Option Exercises in 2005 
And Fiscal Year-End Option Values 

The following table and notes contain information concerning the exercise of stock options under the Plan during 
2005 and unexercised options under the Plan held at the end of 2005 by the named executive officers. Unless otherwise 
indicated, options are to purchase shares of Common Stock.  

     Shares 
Acquired on 
   Exercise 
    (#) 

  Value 
Realized 
     ($) 

Exercisable/Unexercisable 
           Options at 
December 31, 2005(#) 
Exercisable Unexercisable  Exercisable Unexercisable

Value of Unexercised 
In-the-Money Options at 
December 31, 2005($)(1)

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

119,716 
130,942 
59,858 
26,697 
119,716 

0 

17,958 

0 
5,986 
0 

577,031 
426,785 
288,516 
111,397 
577,031 

0 

80,452 

0 

26,817 

0 

Name 

Scott N. Greenberg 
Douglas E. Sharp 
Andrea D. Kantor 
Sharon Esposito-Mayer 
Jerome I. Feldman 
_________________ 

(1) Calculated  based  on  $8.16,  which  was  the  closing  price  of  the  Common  Stock  as  reported  by  the  NYSE  on 

December 30, 2005. 

In  addition,  Scott  Greenberg,  Andrea  Kantor  and  Sharon  Esposito-Mayer  realized  value  of  $221,029, 
$19,893  and  $1,906,  respectively,  upon  the  exercise  in  2005  of  the  remaining  options  to  purchase  shares  of 
Millennium Cell, LLC Common Stock, a former affiliated company, granted under the terms of the GP Strategies 
Millennium Cell, LLC Stock Option Plan.   

6

 
 
 
 
 
Directors Compensation 

During 2005, directors who were not employees of the Company or its subsidiaries received an annual fee 
of $10,000, payable quarterly, in cash or Common Stock, at their option.  In addition, the directors received $1,500 
for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended, and generally do not receive any additional compensation for 
service on the committees of the Board of Directors.  In 2005, Marshall Geller, Richard Pfenniger, Jr. and Ogden 
Reid  received  $25,000,  $15,000  and  $15,000,  respectively,  for  serving  on  a  Special  Committee  of  the  Board  of 
Directors.  Employees  of  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  do  not  receive  additional  compensation  for  serving  as 
directors. 

Employment Agreements

Scott  N.  Greenberg.    As  of  July 1,  1999,  Scott N.  Greenberg  and  the  Company  entered  into  an  employment 
agreement  pursuant  to  which  Mr. Greenberg  was  employed  as  the  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Company.  
Effective June 12, 2001, Mr. Greenberg was elected President of the Company, and effective April 26, 2005, Mr. 
Greenberg was elected Chief Executive Officer.  Unless sooner terminated pursuant to its terms, the employment 
agreement  terminated  on  June 30,  2004,  provided  that  if  the  employment  agreement  was  not  terminated  prior  to 
June 30, 2002, the employment agreement would have been extended on June 30, 2002 to June 30, 2005.  On April 
1, 2002, the Compensation Committee amended Mr. Greenberg’s employment agreement, which amendment was 
ratified unanimously by the Board of Directors on May 3, 2002, with Mr. Greenberg abstaining, to provide that the 
employment  agreement  now  terminates  on  June  30,  2007,  provided  that  if  the  employment  agreement  was  not 
terminated prior to June 30, 2005, the employment agreement was extended on June 30, 2005 to June 30, 2008.  On 
January  21,  2005,  the  Compensation  Committee  amended  Mr.  Greenberg’s  employment  agreement  to  provide 
that the employment agreement now terminates on June 30, 2008.  

Commencing  July 1,  1999,  Mr. Greenberg's  base  annual  salary  was  $250,000,  with  annual  increases  to  be 
determined by the Board of Directors of not less than the greater of (i) 3% and (ii) the percentage increase in the 
Consumer Price Index. The Company agreed to pay Mr. Greenberg a signing bonus in 1999 of $300,000, which 
Mr. Greenberg waived.  Mr. Greenberg is entitled to an annual bonus based upon the percentage increase in GPC's 
earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization,  excluding  extraordinary  or  unusual  nonrecurring 
items of income and expense ("EBITDA"), from GPC's EBITDA for the prior year, up to 50% of his base salary. 
Pursuant to such provision, Mr. Greenberg received a bonus of $100,000 in 2006 for 2005 and a bonus of $75,000 
in 2004 for 2003.  Mr. Greenberg received a discretionary bonus of $350,000 in 2005 for 2004 that was in excess of 
his  formula  bonus.    Pursuant  to  the  employment  agreement  entered  into  in  1999,  the  Company  granted  Mr. 
Greenberg under the Company's option plan, options to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock 
at an exercise price of $8.00 per share, the market price on the date of grant, which options expired on June 30, 
2004.  The Company is required to provide Mr. Greenberg with an automobile and to maintain the existing life and 
disability insurance covering Mr. Greenberg. 

The  Company  may  terminate  the  employment  agreement  for  Cause,  which  is  defined  as  (i) the  willful  and 
continued failure by Mr. Greenberg to substantially perform his duties or obligations or (ii) the willful engaging by 
Mr. Greenberg  in  misconduct  which  is  materially  monetarily  injurious  to  the  Company.  If  the  employment 
agreement is terminated for Cause, the Company is required to pay Mr. Greenberg his full salary through the date 
his employment is terminated. If Mr. Greenberg's employment is terminated by his death, the Company is required 
to pay to his spouse or estate his full salary for a period of one year. If, as a result of Mr. Greenberg's incapacity due 
to physical or mental illness, he is absent from his duties on a full-time basis for the entire period of six consecutive 
months,  and  he  does  not  return  within  30 days  of  notice,  the  Company  may  terminate  his  employment. 
Mr. Greenberg is entitled to receive his full salary during the disability period until his employment is terminated. 

Mr. Greenberg  can  terminate  the  employment  agreement  for  Good  Reason,  which  is  defined  to  include  (i) a 
change in control of the Company, (ii) a management change in control of the Company, or (iii) a failure by the 

7

 
Company to comply with any material provision of the employment agreement which has not been cured within ten 
days after notice. A "change in control" of the Company is defined as any of the following, but only if not approved 
by the Board of Directors, (i) a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to 
Item 1(a) of Form 8-K, other than a change of control resulting in control by Mr. Feldman or Mr. Greenberg or a 
group including Mr. Feldman or Mr. Greenberg, (ii) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) 
of  the  Exchange  Act),  other  than  Mr. Feldman  or  Mr. Greenberg  or  a  group  including  Mr. Feldman  or 
Mr. Greenberg, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or 
indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's 
then outstanding securities, (iii) the Company and its affiliates owning less than a majority of the voting stock of 
GPC,  (iv) the  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  GPC,  or  (v) at  any  time  when  there  has  not  been  a 
management change of control of the Company, individuals who were either nominated for election or elected by 
the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  cease  for  any  reason  to  constitute  at  least  a  majority  of  the  Board.  A 
"management change in control" of the Company is defined as (i) an event that would have constituted a change of 
control  of  the  Company  if  it  had  not  been  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  (ii) a  change  in  control  of  the 
Company  of  a  nature  that  would  be  required  to  be  reported  in  response  to  Item 1(a)  of  Form 8-K,  resulting  in 
control by a buy-out group including Mr. Feldman but not Mr. Greenberg. 

If the Company wrongfully terminates the employment agreement or Mr. Greenberg terminates the employment 
agreement for Good Reason (other than as a result of a management change of control), (i) the Company is required 
to pay Mr. Greenberg his full salary and provide him his benefits through the termination date, and pay him his full 
annual bonus for the calendar year in which termination occurs; (ii) the Company is required to pay as severance 
pay to Mr. Greenberg an amount equal to (a) Mr. Greenberg's average annual cash compensation received from the 
Company  during  the  three  full  calendar  years  immediately  preceding  the  termination  date,  multiplied  by  (b) the 
greater  of  (I) the  number  of  years  (including  partial  years)  that  would  have  been  remaining  in  the  employment 
period if the employment agreement had not so terminated but was not subsequently extended and (II) three, such 
payment  to  be  made  (c) if  termination  is  based  on  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company,  in  a  lump  sum  or  (d) if 
termination results from any other cause, in substantially equal semimonthly installments payable over the number 
of  years  (including  partial  years)  that  would  have  been  remaining  in  the  employment  period  if  the  employment 
agreement  had  not  so  terminated  but  was  not  subsequently  extended;  (iii) all  options  to  purchase  the  Company's 
Common Stock granted to Mr. Greenberg under the Company's option plan or otherwise immediately become fully 
vested and terminate on such date as they would have terminated if Mr. Greenberg's employment by the Company 
had  not  terminated  and,  if  Mr. Greenberg's  termination  is  based  on  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company  and 
Mr. Greenberg  elects  to  surrender  any  or  all  of  such  options  to  the  Company,  the  Company  is  required  to  pay 
Mr. Greenberg a lump sum cash payment equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value on the termination date of 
the securities issuable upon exercise of the options surrendered over (b) the aggregate exercise price of the options 
surrendered; (iv) the Company is required to maintain in full force and effect, for a number of years equal to the 
greater  of  (a) the  number  of  years  (including  partial  years)  that  would  have  been  remaining  in  the  employment 
period  if  the  employment  agreement  had  not  so  terminated  but  was  not  subsequently  extended  and  (b) three,  all 
employee benefit plans and programs in which Mr. Greenberg was entitled to participate immediately prior to the 
termination date; and (v) if termination of the employment agreement arises out of a breach by the Company, the 
Company is required to pay all other damages to which Mr. Greenberg may be entitled as a result of such breach. 

If Mr. Greenberg terminates the employment agreement for Good Reason as a result of a management change of 
control, (i) the Company is required to pay Mr. Greenberg his full salary and provide him his benefits through the 
termination  date,  and  pay  him  his  full  annual  bonus  for  the  calendar  year  in  which  termination  occurs;  (ii) the 
Company is required to pay as severance pay to Mr. Greenberg a lump sum amount equal to twice Mr. Greenberg's 
average  annual  cash  compensation  received  from  the  Company  during  the  three  full  calendar  years  immediately 
preceding  the  termination  date;  (iii) all  options  to  purchase  the  Company's  Common  Stock  granted  to 
Mr. Greenberg under the Company's option plan or otherwise immediately become fully vested and terminate on 
such date as they would have terminated if Mr. Greenberg's employment by the Company had not terminated and, if 
Mr. Greenberg  elects  to  surrender  any  or  all  of  such  options  to  the  Company,  the  Company  is  required  to  pay 
Mr. Greenberg a lump sum cash payment equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value on the termination date of 

8

the securities issuable upon exercise of the options surrendered over (b) the aggregate exercise price of the options 
surrendered; and (iv) the Company is required to maintain in full force and effect for two years all employee benefit 
plans and programs in which Mr. Greenberg was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination date. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any amount otherwise 
payable  to  Mr. Greenberg  if  the  Company  could  not  reasonably  deduct  such  portion  solely  by  operation  of 
Section 280G. 

Douglas  E.  Sharp.    As  of  July  1,  1999,  Douglas  E.  Sharp  and  GPC  entered  into  an  employment  agreement 
pursuant to which Mr. Sharp was employed as Group President of GPC.  Mr. Sharp was elected President of GPC 
on September 4, 2002.  Unless sooner terminated pursuant to its terms, the employment agreement terminated on 
June 30, 2004, provided however, that since the employment agreement was not terminated prior to June 30, 2002, 
the  employment  agreement  provided  that  it  was  extended  on  June 30,  2002  to  June 30,  2005.      On  January  21, 
2005,  the  Compensation  Committee  amended  the  employment  agreement,  to  provide  that  the  employment 
agreement now terminates on June 30, 2008. 

Commencing July 1, 1999, Mr. Sharp's base annual salary was $230,000, with annual increases to be determined 
by the Board of Directors of GPC of not less than 3%. GPC paid Mr. Sharp a signing bonus in 1999 of $300,000.  
Mr.  Sharp  is  entitled  to  an  annual  bonus  based  upon  the  percentage  increase  in  GPC's  EBITDA  from  GPC's 
EBITDA for the prior year, up to 50% of his base salary.  Pursuant to such provision, Mr. Sharp received a bonus of 
$85,000 in 2006 for 2005 and $50,000 in 2005 for 2004.  Pursuant to the employment agreement entered into in 
1999, the Company granted Mr. Sharp under the Company's option plan, options to purchase 100,000 shares of the 
Company's  Common  Stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $8.00  per  share,  the  market  price  on  the  date  of  grant,  which 
options expired on June 30, 2004.  GPC is required to provide Mr. Sharp with an automobile. 

GPC  may  terminate  the  employment  agreement  for  Cause,  which  is  defined  as  (i) the  willful  and  continued 
failure by Mr. Sharp to substantially perform his duties or obligations or (ii) the willful engaging by Mr. Sharp in 
misconduct which is materially monetarily injurious to GPC. If the employment agreement is terminated for Cause, 
GPC  is  required  to  pay  Mr.  Sharp  his  full  salary  through  the  date  his  employment  is  terminated.  If  Mr.  Sharp's 
employment is terminated by his death, GPC is required to pay to his spouse or estate his full salary for a period of 
one year. If, as a result of Mr. Sharp's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, he is absent from his duties on a 
full-time basis for the entire period of six consecutive months, and he does not return within 30 days of notice, GPC 
may terminate his employment. Mr. Sharp is entitled to receive his full salary during the disability period until his 
employment is terminated. 

Mr. Sharp can terminate the employment agreement for Good Reason, which is defined to include (i) a change 
in control of the Company, (ii) a management change in control of the Company, or (ii) a failure by GPC to comply 
with any material provision of the employment agreement which has not been cured within ten days after notice. A 
"change in control" of the Company is defined as any of the following, but only if not approved by the Board of 
Directors,  (i) a  change  in  control  of  a  nature  that  would  be  required  to  be  reported  in  response  to  Item 1(a)  of 
Form 8-K, other than a change of control resulting in control by Mr. Feldman or a group including Mr. Feldman  
(ii) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Mr. Feldman or 
a group including Mr. Feldman, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange 
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power 
of the Company's then outstanding securities, (iii) the Company and its affiliates owning less than a majority of the 
voting stock of GPC, (iv) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (v) at any time when 
there has not been a management change of control of the Company, individuals who were either nominated for 
election or elected by the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of 
the  Board.    A  “management  change  in  control”  of  the  Company  is  defined  as  (i)  an  event  that  would  have 
constituted  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company  if  it  had  not  been  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  (ii)  a 
change in control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Form 
8-K, resulting in control by a buy-out group including Mr. Feldman. 

9

If GPC wrongfully terminates the employment agreement or Mr. Sharp terminates the employment agreement 
for  Good  Reason,  (i) GPC  is  required  to  pay  Mr.  Sharp  his  full  salary  and  provide  him  his  benefits  through  the 
termination date, and pay him his full annual bonus for the calendar year in which termination occurs; (ii) GPC is 
required  to  pay  as  severance  pay  to  Mr.  Sharp  an  amount  equal  to  (a) Mr.  Sharp's  average  annual  cash 
compensation received from GPC during the three full calendar years immediately preceding the termination date, 
multiplied by (b) the greater of (I) the number of years (including partial years) that would have been remaining in 
the employment period if the employment agreement had not so terminated but was not subsequently extended and 
(II) three, such payment to be made (c) if termination is based on a change of control of the Company, in a lump 
sum or (d) if termination results from any other cause, in substantially equal semimonthly installments payable over 
the  number  of  years  (including  partial  years)  that  would  have  been  remaining  in  the  employment  period  if  the 
employment agreement had not so terminated but was not subsequently extended; (iii) all options to purchase the 
Company's  Common  Stock  granted  to  Mr.  Sharp  under  the  Company's  option  plan  or  otherwise  immediately 
become fully vested and terminate on such date as they would have terminated if Mr. Sharp's employment by GPC 
had not terminated and, if Mr. Sharp's termination is based on a change of control of the Company and Mr. Sharp 
elects to surrender any or all of such options to GPC, GPC is required to pay Mr. Sharp a lump sum cash payment 
equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value on the termination date of the securities issuable upon exercise of the 
options  surrendered  over  (b) the  aggregate  exercise  price  of  the  options  surrendered;  (iv) GPC  is  required  to 
maintain in full force and effect, for a number of years equal to the greater of (a) the number of years (including 
partial years) that would have been remaining in the employment period if the employment agreement had not so 
terminated but was not subsequently extended and (b) three, all employee benefit plans and programs in which Mr. 
Sharp was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination date; and (v) if termination of the employment 
agreement arises out of a breach by GPC, GPC is required to pay all other damages to which Mr. Sharp may be 
entitled as a result of such breach. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, GPC shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any amount otherwise payable 

to Mr. Sharp if GPC could not reasonably deduct such portion solely by operation of Section 280G. 

The Company guaranteed the performance by GPC of its obligations under Mr. Sharp's employment agreement. 

Andrea  D.  Kantor.    As  of  May  1,  2001,  Andrea  D.  Kantor  and  the  Company  entered  into  an  employment 
agreement  pursuant  to  which  Ms.  Kantor  was  employed  as  the  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  of  the 
Company.  Unless sooner terminated pursuant to its terms, the employment agreement terminated on June 30, 2004, 
provided  however,  that  since  the  employment  agreement  was  not  terminated  prior  to  June  30,  2002,  the 
employment agreement provided that it was extended on June 30, 2002 to June 30, 2005. On January 21, 2005, the 
Compensation  Committee  amended  Ms.  Kantor’s  employment  agreement,  to  provide  that  the  employment 
agreement now terminates on June 30, 2007. 

Commencing  May  1,  2001,  Ms.  Kantor’s  base  annual  salary  was  $190,000,  with  annual  increases  to  be 
determined by the Board of Directors of not less than the greater of (i) 3% and (ii) the percentage increase in the 
Consumer  Price  Index.    Ms.  Kantor  is  entitled  to  an  annual  bonus,  as  determined  by  the  Board  based  upon  the 
Company’s revenues, profits or losses, financing activities, and such other factors deemed relevant by the Board.  
Ms.  Kantor  received  a  discretionary  bonus  of  $50,000  in  2006  for  2005  and  $50,000  in  2005  for  2004.    The 
Company  is  required  to  provide  Ms.  Kantor  with  an  automobile  and  to  maintain  the  existing  life  and  disability 
insurance covering Ms. Kantor. 

The  Company  may  terminate  the  employment  agreement  for  Cause,  which  is  defined  as  (i) the  willful  and 
continued failure by Ms. Kantor to substantially perform her duties or obligations or (ii) the willful engaging by Ms. 
Kantor  in  misconduct  which  is  materially  monetarily injurious  to  the  Company.  If  the  employment  agreement  is 
terminated for Cause, the Company is required to pay Ms. Kantor her full salary through the date her employment is 
terminated. If Ms. Kantor's employment is terminated by her death, the Company is required to pay to her spouse or 
estate her full salary for a period of one year. If, as a result of Ms. Kantor’s incapacity due to physical or mental 

10

illness, she is absent from her duties on a full-time basis for the entire period of six consecutive months, and she 
does not return within 30 days of notice, the Company may terminate her employment. Ms. Kantor is entitled to 
receive her full salary during the disability period until her employment is terminated. 

Ms. Kantor can terminate the employment agreement for Good Reason, which is defined to include (i) a change 
in control of the Company, (ii) a management change in control of the Company, or (iii) a failure by the Company 
to comply with any material provision of the employment agreement which has not been cured within ten days after 
notice. A "change in control" of the Company is defined as any of the following, but only if not approved by the 
Board of Directors, (i) a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) 
of  Form 8-K,  other  than  a  change  of  control  resulting  in  control  by  Mr. Feldman  or  Mr. Greenberg  or  a  group 
including Mr. Feldman or Mr. Greenberg, (ii) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 
Exchange Act), other than Mr. Feldman or Mr. Greenberg or a group including Mr. Feldman or Mr. Greenberg, is 
or  becomes  the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined  in  Rule 13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of 
securities  of  the  Company  representing  20%  or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  then 
outstanding securities, (iii) the Company and its affiliates owning less than a majority of the voting stock of GPC, 
(iv) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of GPC, or (v) at any time when there has not been a management 
change of control of the Company, individuals who were either nominated for election or elected by the Board of 
Directors  of  the  Company  cease  for  any  reason  to  constitute  at  least  a  majority  of  the  Board.  A  "management 
change in control" of the Company is defined as (i) an event that would have constituted a change of control of the 
Company if it had not been approved by the Board of Directors or (ii) a change in control of the Company of a 
nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Form 8-K, resulting in control by a buy-out 
group including Mr. Feldman or Mr. Greenberg. 

If  the  Company  wrongfully  terminates  the  employment  agreement  or  Ms.  Kantor  terminates  the  employment 
agreement for Good Reason (other than as a result of a management change of control), (i) the Company is required 
to  pay  Ms.  Kantor  her  full  salary  and  provide  her  benefits  through  the  termination  date,  and  pay  her  full  annual 
bonus for the calendar year in which termination occurs; (ii) the Company is required to pay as severance pay to 
Ms. Kantor an amount equal to (a) Ms. Kantor’s average annual cash compensation received from the Company 
during  the  three  full  calendar  years  immediately  preceding  the  termination  date,  multiplied  by  (b) the  greater  of 
(I) the number of years (including partial years) that would have been remaining in the employment period if the 
employment agreement had not so terminated but was not subsequently extended and (II) three, such payment to be 
made (c) if termination is based on a change of control of the Company, in a lump sum or (d) if termination results 
from any other cause, in substantially equal semimonthly installments payable over the number of years (including 
partial years) that would have been remaining in the employment period if the employment agreement had not so 
terminated but was not subsequently extended; (iii) all options to purchase the Company's Common Stock granted 
to Ms. Kantor under the Company's option plan or otherwise immediately become fully vested and terminate on 
such date as they would have terminated if Ms. Kantor's employment by the Company had not terminated and, if 
Ms. Kantor’s termination is based on a change of control of the Company and Ms. Kantor elects to surrender any or 
all of such options to the Company, the Company is required to pay Ms. Kantor a lump sum cash payment equal to 
the excess of (a) the fair market value on the termination date of the securities issuable upon exercise of the options 
surrendered  over  (b) the  aggregate  exercise  price  of  the  options  surrendered;  (iv) the  Company  is  required  to 
maintain in full force and effect, for a number of years equal to the greater of (a) the number of years (including 
partial years) that would have been remaining in the employment period if the employment agreement had not so 
terminated but was not subsequently extended and (b) three, all employee benefit plans and programs in which Ms. 
Kantor  was  entitled  to  participate  immediately  prior  to  the  termination  date;  and  (v) if  termination  of  the 
employment agreement arises out of a breach by the Company, the Company is required to pay all other damages to 
which Ms. Kantor may be entitled as a result of such breach. 

If Ms. Kantor terminates the employment agreement for Good Reason as a result of a management change of 
control,  (i) the  Company  is  required  to  pay  Ms.  Kantor  her  full  salary  and  provide  her  benefits  through  the 
termination date, and pay her full annual bonus for the calendar year in which termination occurs; (ii) the Company 
is required to pay as severance pay to Ms. Kantor a lump sum amount equal to twice Ms. Kantor’s average annual 

11

cash  compensation  received  from  the  Company  during  the  three  full  calendar  years  immediately  preceding  the 
termination  date;  (iii) all  options  to  purchase  the  Company's  Common  Stock  granted  to  Ms.  Kantor  under  the 
Company's option plan or otherwise immediately become fully vested and terminate on such date as they would 
have  terminated  if  Ms.  Kantor's  employment  by  the  Company  had  not  terminated  and,  if  Ms.  Kantor  elects  to 
surrender any or all of such options to the Company, the Company is required to pay Ms. Kantor a lump sum cash 
payment  equal  to  the  excess  of  (a) the  fair  market  value  on  the  termination  date  of  the  securities  issuable  upon 
exercise  of  the  options  surrendered  over  (b) the  aggregate  exercise  price  of  the  options  surrendered;  and  (iv)  the 
Company is required to maintain in full force and effect for two years all employee benefit plans and programs in 
which Ms. Kantor was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination date. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any amount otherwise 
payable  to  Ms.  Kantor  if  the  Company  could  not  reasonably  deduct  such  portion  solely  by  operation  of 
Section 280G. 

Sharon Esposito-Mayer.  As of August 16, 2005, Sharon Esposito-Mayer and GPC entered into an employment 
agreement  pursuant  to  which  Ms.  Esposito-Mayer  is  employed  as  Executive  Vice  President  of  GPC.    The 
employment  agreement  amended  and  restated  a  prior  employment  agreement  between  GPC  and  Ms.  Esposito-
Mayer  dated  as  of  April  11,  2005.    Unless  sooner  terminated  pursuant  to  its  terms,  the  employment  agreement 
terminates on July 31, 2007. 

Commencing April 11, 2005, Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s base annual salary was $180,000, with annual increases to 
be determined by the Board of Directors of not less than the greater of (i) 3% and (ii) the percentage increase in the 
Consumer Price Index.  GPC is required to provide Ms. Esposito-Mayer with an automobile and cellular phone and 
to  maintain  the  existing  life  and  disability  insurance  covering  Ms.  Esposito-Mayer.    In  addition,  Ms.  Esposito-
Mayer  was  granted  23,000  Stock  Units  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Plan.    Upon  the 
occurrence of a “Change in Control” or a “Sale of the Company” during the term of the employment agreement, all 
of Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s stock options to purchase the Company’s Common Stock will immediately become fully 
vested and exercisable and all of Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s stock units will immediately be paid in unrestricted shares 
of the Company’s Common Stock.  For purposes of the employment agreement, a Change in Control is deemed to 
have occurred if any person who was not on March 18, 2005 a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 
15% of more of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities becomes the beneficial owner, 
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the 
Company’s  outstanding  securities  and  a  “Sale  of  the  Company”  is  deemed  to  have  occurred  if  (i)  the  Company 
engages  in  a  transaction  or  series  of  transactions  (including,  without  limitation,  a  merger  or  consolidation)  with 
another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity, and the stockholders 
of the Company immediately prior to such transaction(s) do not, after such transaction(s), hold at least 50% of the 
voting power of the Company or its successor, (ii) the Company and its affiliates cease to own more than 80% of 
the voting stock of GPC, (iii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, GPC, or the business unit of GPC 
with  regard  to  which  Ms.  Esposito-Mayer  is  assigned  are  sold,  or  (iv)  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  is  neither 
listed  on  a  national  securities  exchange  nor  authorized  to  be  quoted  in  an  inter-dealer  quotation  system  of  a 
registered national securities association.   

GPC may terminate the employment agreement if (i) Ms. Esposito-Mayer is physically or mentally incapacitated 
or disabled or otherwise unable fully to discharge her duties for a period of 90 consecutive days, (ii) Ms. Esposito-
Mayer is convicted, plead guilty, or enter a plea of nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, 
(iii) Ms. Esposito-Mayer commits any act or omit to take any action in bad faith and to the detriment of GPC, or 
(iv) Ms. Esposito-Mayer (A) willfully and continually fails to perform her duties or obligations under any provision 
of the employment agreement (other than provisions relating to non-competition, non-solicitation, or protection of 
confidential information) in any material respect, and does not correct such failure within 10 days after receipt of 
written  notice  thereof,  or  (B)  fails  to  perform  her  duties  or  obligations  under  the  provisions  of  the  employment 
agreement  relating  to  non-competition,  non-solicitation,  or  protection  of  confidential  information  in  any  material 

12

respect.  Upon such termination, GPC is required to pay Ms. Esposito-Mayer her full salary through the date her 
employment is terminated. 

Ms. Esposito-Mayer  can  resign  for  “Just  Cause,”  which  occurs  if  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  resigns  within  30  days 
following  (A)  GPC,  without  the  express  written  consent  of  Ms. Esposito-Mayer,  (i)  imposing  any  significant 
change in Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s function, duties, or responsibilities that is not consistent with Ms. Esposito-Mayer 
being an executive of GPC and failing to rescind or modify such change within 10 business days after receipt of 
written  notice  from  Ms. Esposito-Mayer,  or  (ii)  failing  to  make  any  material  payment  or  provide  any  material 
benefit  contemplated  under  the  employment  agreement  to  Ms. Esposito-Mayer,  and  failing  to  correct  any  such 
deficiency within 10 business days after receipt of written notice from Ms. Esposito-Mayer, or (B) GPC breaching 
any other term of the employment agreement and not correcting such failure or breach within 30 days after written 
notice  from  Ms. Esposito-Mayer.    If  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  resigns  for  Just  Cause  or  GPC  wrongfully  terminates 
Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s  employment,  and Ms. Esposito-Mayer is in full compliance with her obligations under the 
provisions  of  the  employment  agreement  relating  to  non-competition,  non-solicitation,  and  protection  of 
confidential  information,  then  for  the  period  that  would  have  been  remaining  in  the  term  of  the  employment 
agreement  if  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  had  not  so  resigned  or  been  terminated  or  for  a  period  of  6  months  after 
termination (whichever is longer), (1) GPC will continue to pay Ms. Esposito-Mayer her base annual salary at the 
rate in effect on the date of such employment termination, and (2) Ms. Esposito-Mayer will continue to be eligible 
to receive such benefits as she would have been entitled to had her employment not terminated.  In addition, in such 
case, for purposes of her stock units, Ms. Esposito-Mayer will be deemed to have been employed by GPC through 
April  10,  2008.    Such  benefits  will  terminate  if  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  does  not  remain  in  compliance  with  the 
provisions  of  the  employment  agreement  relating  to  non-competition,  non-solicitation,  and  protection  of 
confidential  information.    If  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  resigns  for  Just  Cause  or  GPC  wrongfully  terminates 
Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s employment, and Ms. Esposito-Mayer is not in full compliance with her obligations under 
the  provisions  of  the  employment  agreement  relating  to  non-competition,  non-solicitation,  and  protection  of 
confidential information, then GPC is only required to pay Ms. Esposito-Mayer her full salary through the date her 
employment is terminated. 

If Ms. Esposito-Mayer's employment is terminated by her death, GPC is required to pay to her estate her full 
salary to the end of the calendar month and for the next two months.  In addition, in such case, for purposes of her 
stock units, Ms. Esposito-Mayer will be deemed to have been employed by GPC through July 31, 2007. 

If the employment agreement expires on July 31, 2007 and during the period commencing on August 1, 2007 
and  ending  on  April  10,  2008,  (i)  (A)  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  resigns  within  30  days  following  GPC’s,  without  the 
express  written  consent  of  Ms. Esposito-Mayer,  (I)  imposing  any  significant  change  in  Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s 
function, duties, or responsibilities that is not consistent with Ms. Esposito-Mayer being an executive of GPC and 
failing to rescind or modify such change within 10 business days after receipt of written notice from Ms. Esposito-
Mayer, or (II) materially reducing Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s compensation or benefits from those provided under the 
employment agreement, and failing to rescind such reduction within 10 business days after receipt of written notice 
from  Ms. Esposito-Mayer,  or  (B)  GPC  terminates  Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s  employment  for  reasons  other  than  (I) 
Ms. Esposito-Mayer’s physical or mental incapacity or disability or other inability to fully to discharge her duties 
for  a  period  of  90  consecutive  days,  (II)  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  is  convicted,  plead  guilty,  or  enter  a  plea  of  nolo 
contendere to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (III) Ms. Esposito-Mayer commits any act or omit to 
take any action in bad faith and to the detriment of GPC, or (IV) Ms. Esposito-Mayer fails to perform her duties or 
obligations to GPC and does not corrects such failure or breach within 10 days after receipt of written notice thereof 
and  (ii)  Ms. Esposito-Mayer  is  in  full  compliance  with  her  obligations  under  the  provisions  of  the  employment 
agreement  relating  to  non-competition,  non-solicitation,  and  protection  of  confidential  information,  then,  for 
purposes of her stock units, Ms. Esposito-Mayer will be deemed to have been employed by GPC through April 10, 
2008.  Such benefits will terminate if Ms. Esposito-Mayer does not remain in compliance with the provisions of the 
employment agreement relating to non-competition, non-solicitation, and protection of confidential information.   

13

Jerome  I.  Feldman.    As  of  June 1,  1999,  Jerome I.  Feldman  and  the  Company  entered  into  an  employment 
agreement pursuant to which Mr. Feldman was employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company 
until May 31, 2004, unless sooner terminated.  Effective June 12, 2001, Mr. Feldman resigned as President of the 
Company  and  Scott  N.  Greenberg  was  elected  to  that  office.    On  April  1,  2002,  the  Compensation  Committee 
extended Mr. Feldman’s Employment Agreement until May 31, 2007, which extension was ratified unanimously by 
the Board of Directors on May 3, 2002, with Mr. Feldman abstaining.  Effective April 26, 2005, Mr. Feldman was 
appointed  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  and  Scott  Greenberg  was  elected  Chief  Executive  Officer.  
Pursuant  to  a  management  services  agreement,  commencing  November  24,  2004,  NPDC  pays  the  Company  a 
management fee to cover a portion of the compensation of certain officers of the Company who provide services to 
NPDC,  which  includes  reimbursement  of  approximately  80%  of  Mr.  Feldman’s  compensation.    See  Item  13. 
“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” 

Commencing June 1, 1999, Mr. Feldman's base annual salary was $400,000, with annual increases of $25,000. 
The  Company  and  Mr. Feldman  also  agreed  to  negotiate  in  good  faith  to  formulate  an  annual  incentive  based 
compensation  arrangement  based  on  the  Company's  achieving  certain  financial  milestones  which  were  fair  and 
equitable  to  Mr. Feldman  and  the  Company  and  its  stockholders.  Pursuant  to  such  provision,  the  Compensation 
Committee  approved  an  Incentive  Compensation  Agreement  (the  “Incentive  Agreement”)  with  Mr.  Feldman  on 
April  1,  2002,  which  Incentive  Agreement  was  ratified  unanimously  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  May  3,  2002, 
with Mr. Feldman abstaining.  

Pursuant  to  the  Incentive  Agreement,  Mr.  Feldman,  was  eligible  to  receive  from  the  Company  up  to  five 
payments  in  an  amount  of  $1  million  each,  based  on  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock 
sustaining or averaging increasing specified levels over periods of at least 10 consecutive trading days. On each 
of June 11, 2003, July 23, 2003, December 22, 2003, November 3, 2004 and December 10, 2004, Mr. Feldman 
earned an incentive payment of $1 million.  To the extent there were any outstanding loans from the Company to 
Mr. Feldman at the time an incentive payment was payable, the Company had the right to set-off the payment of 
such  incentive  payment  first  against  the  outstanding  accrued  interest  under  such  loans  and  next  against  any 
outstanding principal.  

Each  incentive  payment  was  payable  on  the  date  earned,  except  that  any  incentive  payment  earned  prior  to 
December 31, 2003 is payable on the Company’s last payroll date in December.  On October 1, 2003, the Incentive 
Agreement was amended to allow Mr. Feldman to defer receipt of any incentive payment for a period of at least 
six months.  The deferral period will automatically renew unless Mr. Feldman gives a termination notice at least 
30 days prior to the expiration of the deferral period.  However, no deferral period may end later than May 31, 
2007.  A deferral notice with respect to any incentive payment earned prior to December 31, 2003 was required 
to be given prior to December 1, 2003 (which deferral notice was timely given by Mr. Feldman) and a deferral 
notice with respect to any incentive payment earned on or after December 31, 2003 was required to be given at 
least  five  business  days  prior  to  the  date  that  such  incentive  payment  was  earned  (which  deferral  notice  was 
timely given by Mr. Feldman).  Pursuant to such deferral provisions, all five incentive payments are payable in 
January 2007, unless further deferred.  A deferral notice cannot be given, and any deferral period will end, if any 
outstanding  loan  from  the  Company  to  Mr.  Feldman  is  due  and  payable  and  is  not  otherwise  paid.    Interest 
accrues on each deferred amount at the prime rate minus 1%, which is 1% less than the interest rate accrued on 
the Company’s outstanding loans to Mr. Feldman. 

Although any set-off of the payments earned on June 11, 2003, July 23, 2003, December 22, 2003, November 
3, 2004 and December 10, 2004 will take place in future periods when such amounts are payable, for accounting 
purposes, the set-offs will be deemed to have occurred on the dates earned since the Company possesses the right 
of set-off under the Incentive Agreement.  As a result, for accounting purposes only, the Company applied the 
first  $1  million  earned  by  Mr.  Feldman  against  $1  million  of  accrued  interest,  the  second  $1  million  against 
$163,000 of accrued interest and $837,000 of principal,  the third $1 million against $64,000 of accrued interest 
and $936,000 of principal, the fourth $1 million against $86,000 of accrued interest and $914,000 of principal, 
and  the  fifth  million  against  $67,000  of  accrued  interest  and    $933,000  of  principal,  which  resulted  in  the 

14

outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  note  being  reduced,  for  accounting  purposes  only,  to  approximately 
$619,000  as  of  December  31,  2004  and  December  31,  2005.    On  January  19,  2006,  Mr.  Feldman  repaid 
approximately $496,000 of the principal balance of the note.

Pursuant  to  the  employment  agreement  entered  into  in  1999,  the  Company  granted  Mr. Feldman  under  the 
Company's option plan, options to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price 
of $8.00 per share, which options expired on May 31, 2004.  The Company is required to provide Mr. Feldman with 
an automobile, to pay for country club dues, which membership is to be used primarily to further the Company's 
business, and to maintain the existing life and disability insurance covering Mr. Feldman. The maturity date of the 
Company's  presently  outstanding  loans  to  Mr. Feldman  was  extended  to  May 31,  2007,  and  all  contractual 
restrictions  imposed  by  the  Company  on  the  disposition  by  Mr. Feldman  of  shares  of  Class B  Stock  were 
terminated.  On April 1, 2002, the Compensation Committee amended the Employment Agreement to extend the 
maturity date of such loans to May 31, 2007, which amendment was ratified unanimously by the Board of Directors 
on May 3, 2002, with Mr. Feldman abstaining. 

The  Company  may  terminate  the  employment  agreement  for  Cause,  which  is  defined  as  (i) the  willful  and 
continued failure by Mr. Feldman to substantially perform his duties or obligations or (ii) the willful engaging by 
Mr. Feldman in misconduct which is materially monetarily injurious to the Company. If the employment agreement 
is  terminated  for  Cause,  the  Company  is  required  to  pay  Mr. Feldman  his  full  salary  through  the  date  his 
employment is terminated. If Mr. Feldman's employment is terminated by his death, the Company is required to pay 
to his heirs, in a lump sum, an amount equal to his full salary for the period ending May 31, 2007. If, as a result of 
Mr. Feldman's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, he is absent from his duties on a full-time basis for the 
entire  period  of  six  consecutive  months,  and  he  does  not  return  within  30 days  of  notice,  the  Company  may 
terminate his  employment.  Mr. Feldman  is  entitled to  receive his full salary during the disability period until his 
employment is terminated. 

Mr. Feldman  can  terminate  the  employment  agreement  for  Good  Reason,  which  is  defined  to  include  (i) a 
change in control of the Company or (ii) a failure by the Company to comply with any material provision of the 
employment  agreement  which  has  not  been  cured  within  ten  days  after  notice.  A  "change  in  control"  of  the 
Company  is  defined  as  (i) a  change  in  control  of  a  nature  that  would  be  required  to  be  reported  in  response  to 
Item 1(a) of Current Report on Form 8-K ("Form 8-K") pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, other 
than a change of control resulting in control by Mr. Feldman or a group including Mr. Feldman, (ii) any "person" 
(as  such  term  is  used  in  Sections 13(d)  and  14(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act),  other  than  Mr. Feldman  or  a  group 
including Mr. Feldman, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), 
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the 
Company's  then  outstanding  securities,  or  (iii) at  any  time  individuals  who  were  either  nominated  for  election  or 
elected by the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.  
Mr. Feldman has agreed that he will not seek to terminate the employment agreement for Good Reason as a result 
of no longer serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company or being assigned his present duties. 

If the Company wrongfully terminates the employment agreement or Mr. Feldman terminates the employment 
agreement  for  Good  Reason,  then  (i) the  Company  is  required  to  pay  Mr. Feldman  his  full  salary  through  the 
termination  date;  (ii) the  Company  is  required  to  pay  as  severance  pay  to  Mr. Feldman  an  amount  equal  to 
(a) Mr. Feldman's  average  annual  cash  compensation  received  from  the  Company  during  the  three  full  calendar 
years immediately preceding the termination date, multiplied by (b) the greater of (i) the number of years (including 
partial years) that would have been remaining in the employment period if the employment agreement had not so 
terminated  and  (ii) three,  such  payment  to  be  made  (c) if  termination  is  based  on  a  change  of  control  of  the 
Company,  in  a  lump  sum  or  (d) if  termination  results  from  any  other  cause,  in  substantially  equal  semimonthly 
installments  payable  over  the  number  of  years  (including  partial  years)  that  would  have  been  remaining  in  the 
employment period if the employment agreement had not so terminated; (iii) all options to purchase the Company's 
Common Stock granted to Mr. Feldman under the Company's option plan or otherwise immediately become fully 
vested and terminate on such date as they would have terminated if Mr. Feldman's employment by the Company 

15

had  not  terminated  and,  if  Mr. Feldman's  termination  is  based  on  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company  and 
Mr. Feldman  elects  to  surrender  any  or  all  of  such  options  to  the  Company,  the  Company  is  required  to  pay 
Mr. Feldman a lump sum cash payment equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value on the termination date of 
the securities issuable upon exercise of the options surrendered over (b) the aggregate exercise price of the options 
surrendered; (iv) the Company is required to maintain in full force and effect, for a number of years equal to the 
greater  of  (a) the  number  of  years  (including  partial  years)  that  would  have  been  remaining  in  the  employment 
period if the employment agreement had not so terminated and (b) three, all employee benefit plans and programs 
in which Mr. Feldman was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination date; and (v) if termination of 
the  employment  agreement  arises  out  of  a  breach  by  the  Company,  the  Company  is  required  to  pay  all  other 
damages to which Mr. Feldman may be entitled as a result of such breach. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any amount otherwise 
payable  to  Mr. Feldman  if  the  Company  could  not  reasonably  deduct  such  portion  solely  by  operation  of 
Section 280G ("Section 280G") of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

16

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 

The following table sets forth the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned as of April 1, 2006 
by each person who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company's outstanding 
Common Stock.

  Title of Class 

Name and Address 
Of Beneficial Owner 

  Amount and 

Nature of 
Beneficial Ownership

Percent
of
_Class_

Common Stock  Caxton International Limited 

1,586,071 shares(1) 

10.1% 

315 Enterprise Drive 
Plainsboro, NJ 08536 

Common Stock  Dimensional Fund Advisors, Inc. 

1,198,555 shares(2) 

7.6% 

1299 Ocean Avenue 
Santa Monica, CA 90401 

Common Stock  Gabelli Asset Management, Inc. 

1,220,716 shares(3) 

7.3% 

One Corporate Center 
Rye, NY 10580 

Jack Silver 
Sherleigh Associates LLC 
660 Madison Avenue 
New York, NY 10021 

Common Stock 

________________ 

1,000,000 shares(4) 

6.4% 

(1)  Based  on  a  Schedule  13G/A  filed  jointly  by  Caxton  International  Limited,  GDK,  Inc.,  Caxton  Equity 
Growth LLC, Caxton Associates, LLC, Bruce S. Kovner, and Ross Taylor with the SEC on February 15, 
2006.  

(2)  Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed by Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. ("Dimensional") with the SEC on 
February 6, 2006. Dimensional has informed the Company that the shares are owned by advisory clients 
of Dimensional and that Dimensional disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. 

  (3)  Based on a Schedule 13D filed jointly by GGCP, Inc., MJG Associates, Inc., GAMCO Investors, Inc., 
Gabelli Funds, LLC, GAMCO Asset Management, Inc. and Mario J. Gabelli with the SEC on January 
27, 2006.  Includes 983,116 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of the 
Company’s Common Stock.  Mario Gabelli directly or indirectly controls or acts as chief investment 
officer of the aforementioned entities.  See Item 13 - “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” 

(4) Based on a Schedule 13G filed by Jack Silver with the SEC on December 9, 2005. 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS AND NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  April  1,  2006,  the  beneficial  ownership  of  Common  Stock,  by  each 

director, each of the named executive officers, and all directors and executive officers as a group.

Total Number 
of Shares of 
Common Stock 
Beneficially
Owned

352,653(5) 
711,598(6) 
217,786(8) 
190,548(9) 
9,590 
16,671(8) 
161,629(8) 
70,003(8) 
38,697(8) 

Percent of 
Common 
Stock
Owned(1)

2.2 
4.5 
1.4 
1.2 
* 
* 
1.0 
*
*

1,849,845(10) 

11.4

Harvey P. Eisen(2)(3)(4) 
Jerome I. Feldman(4) 
Marshall S. Geller(2)(3)(7) 
Scott N. Greenberg(4) 
Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr.(3)(7) 
Ogden R. Reid(7) 
Douglas E. Sharp 
Andrea D. Kantor 
Sharon Esposito-Mayer 
Directors and Executive Officers as a 
Group (11 persons).........  

__________ 
*Less than one percent. 

(1)  Assumes  for  each  beneficial  owner  and  directors  and  executive  officers  as  a  group  that  all  options  are 
exercised in full only by the named beneficial owner or members of the group and no other options are 
exercised.

(2)  Member of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee. 

(3)  Member of the Compensation Committee. 

(4)  Member of the Executive Committee. 

(5) 

(6) 

Includes 350,000 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Bedford Oak Partners, L.P. (“Bedford 
Oak”).  Mr.  Eisen  is  deemed  to  have  beneficial  ownership  of  such  shares  by  virtue  of  his  position  as 
managing member of Bedford Oak Advisors, LLC, the investment manager of Bedford Oak.  

Includes  (i)  1,173  shares  of  Common  Stock  held  by  members  of  Mr.  Feldman’s  family,  (ii)  119,716 
shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  currently  exercisable  stock  options  held  by  Mr. 
Feldman  and  (iii)  5,059  shares  of  common  Stock  allocated  to  Mr.  Feldman’s  account  pursuant  to  the 
provisions of the GP Plan.  Mr. Feldman disclaims beneficial ownership of the 1,173 shares of Common 
Stock held by members of his family. 

(7)  Member of the Audit Committee. 

(8) 

Includes 11,972 shares for each of Messrs. Geller and Reid, 130,942 shares for Mr. Sharp, 59,858 shares 
for  Ms.  Kantor  and  32,683  shares  for  Ms.  Esposito-Mayer,  issuable  upon  exercise  of  currently 
exercisable stock options, and 7,913 shares for Mr. Sharp, 145 shares for Ms. Kantor and 5,989 for Ms. 
Esposito-Mayer allocated pursuant to the provisions of the GP Plan. 

(9) 

Includes  (i)  119,716  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  currently  exercisable  stock 

18

 
 
 
options held by Mr. Greenberg, (ii) 7,114 shares of Common Stock allocated to Mr. Greenberg's account 
pursuant to the provisions of the GP Plan and (iii) 4,000 shares of Common Stock held by members of 
his  family.  Mr.  Greenberg  disclaims  beneficial  ownership  of  the  4,000  shares  held  by  members  of  his 
family. 

(10)  Includes 559,170 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable stock options 
and 34,256 shares of Common Stock allocated to accounts pursuant to the provisions of the GP Plan. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following is information as of December 31, 2005 about shares of Company Common Stock that may be 
issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under the Company’s Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, 
which were not approved by security holders, and 2003 Incentive Stock Plan, which was approved by security 
holders.    For  a  description  of  the  material  terms  of  the  Company’s  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  and  the 
Company’s 2003 Incentive Stock Plan, see Note 12 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Plan category: 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders: 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise 

(a)

of outstanding options(1) 

(b)  Weighted average exercise price of outstanding 

(c) 

  options(1) 
Number of securities remaining available for  
  future issuance under equity compensation  
  plans (excluding securities reflected in row  
  (a))(2) 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders: 

(a)

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise 
  of outstanding options, warrants and rights 

(b)  Weighted average exercise price of outstanding 

(c) 

  options, warrants and rights 
Number of securities remaining available for 
  future issuance under equity compensation plans 

Non-Qualified
  Stock Option 
Incentive 
        Plan                   Stock Plan

1,411,345 

$  4.83 

1,331,094 

1,732,000 

(1)  Does not include warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock with an exercise price of $2.67 
per share, as adjusted following the spin-offs of NPDC and GSE, and warrants to purchase 984,116 shares 
issued and sold to four Gabelli funds in conjunction with the 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 2008 
at an exercise price of $5.85 per share, as adjusted following the spin-offs of NPDC and GSE. 

(2)  Does not include shares of Common Stock that may be issued to directors of the Company as director fees. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

Share Repurchases and Exchanges

On  January  19,  2006,  the  Company  purchased  from  (i)  EGI-Fund  (02-04)  Investors,  L.L.C.  (“EGI”) 
1,090,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for a price per share equal to $6.80 and 300,000 shares of the 
Company’s Class B Stock for a price per share equal to $8.30 (the aggregate purchase price paid by the Company 
to EGI was $9,902,000) and (ii) Bedford Oak 1,031,500 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for a price per 
share equal to $6.80 and 300,000 shares of the Company’s Class B Stock for a price per share equal to $8.30 (the 
aggregate  purchase  price  paid  by  the  Company  to  Bedford  Oak  was  $9,504,200).    Simultaneously  with  such 
purchases, Jerome I. Feldman agreed with the Company to exchange 568,750 shares of the Company’s Class B 
Stock for Common Stock, at a rate of one share of Class B Stock for one share of Common Stock, for a price of 
$1.50 per share exchanged (the aggregate price paid by the Company to Mr. Feldman was $853,125, which Mr. 
Feldman applied toward repayment of indebtedness owed by him to the Company).   

Harvey  Eisen,  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  the  Company,  is  deemed  to  have  beneficial  ownership  of  the 
shares owned by Bedford Oak by virtue of his position as managing member of Bedford Oak Advisors, LLC, the 
investment manager of Bedford Oak.  EGI had designated Matthew Zell as a Director of the Company.  Mr. Zell 
resigned from the Board of Directors of the Company simultaneously with such repurchase.  Mr. Feldman is the 
Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Company and the former Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive 
Officer  of  the  Company.    The  repurchase  and  exchange  transactions  were  negotiated  and  approved  by  a  Special 
Committee of the Board of Directors.    

Loans

The  Company  has  made  loans  to  Mr.  Feldman,  who  primarily  utilized  the  proceeds  of  such  loans  to 
exercise  options  to  purchase  Class B  Stock.  Such  loans  bear  interest  at  the  prime  rate  of  Fleet  Bank  and  were 
secured  by  the  purchased  Class B  Stock  and  certain  other  assets.    The  largest  aggregate  amount  of  indebtedness 
(including principal and accrued interest) outstanding from January 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006, after giving 
effect to the application of the five $1 million incentive payments as described under “Employment Agreements - 
Jerome I. Feldman” and the application of the exchange premium as described above, was $972,000, which was the 
amount  outstanding  on  December  31,  2005.    As  of  March  31,  2006,  the  aggregate  amount  of  indebtedness 
(including  principal  and  accrued  interest)  outstanding  under  the  loans  for  accounting  purposes  only,  after  giving 
effect to the application of the five $1 million incentive payments as described under “Employment Agreements - 
Jerome I. Feldman” and the application of the exchange premium as described above, was approximately $135,000. 

On July 1, 2002, the Company made a loan to Douglas Sharp, who was then the President of GPC and is 
now  also  the  President  of  the  Company,  in  the  principal  amount  of  $150,000  in  connection  with  Mr.  Sharp’s 
relocation.  The loan bears interest at the prime rate of Wachovia Bank.  The largest aggregate amount outstanding 
under the loan from January 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006 was approximately $65,000, which was the amount 
outstanding on January 1, 2005.  As of March 31, 2006, the aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under 
the loan was approximately $5,000. 

NPDC

On August 8, 2003, pursuant to a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Company issued and sold to 
Gabelli Asset Management, Inc. $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount of 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 
2008  (the  “Notes”)  and  warrants  to  purchase  Company  Common  Stock.    The  Notes  mature  August  2008  with 
interest at the rate of 6% per annum payable semi-annually commencing on December 31, 2003.  The Notes are 
secured by a mortgage on the Company’s former property located in Pawling, New York that was contributed to 
MXL  Industries,  Inc.  (“MXL”)  in  connection  with  the  spin-off  (the  “Spin-Off”)  of  NPDC,  which  occurred  on 
November 24, 2004.  MXL, which is now a subsidiary of NPDC, assumed the mortgage, but without liability for 

20

 
 
 
 
 
repayment of the Notes or any other obligations of the Company under the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement 
(other than foreclosure on the property).  If there is a foreclosure on the mortgage for payment of the Notes, the 
Company has agreed to indemnify MXL for the loss of the value of the property.  

Prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  NPDC  was  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company.    In  connection  with  the 
Spin-Off and while NPDC was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, the Company and NPDC entered into 
contracts that govern certain relationships between them.  The Company and NPDC believe that these agreements 
are  at  fair  market  value  and  are  on  terms  comparable  to  those  that  would  have  been  reached  in  arm’s-length 
negotiations had the parties been unaffiliated at the time of the negotiations. 

Certain of the Company’s executive officers are also executive officers of NPDC.  Such executive officers, 
who do not receive any compensation from NPDC, provide NPDC with management services under a management 
agreement  between  the  Company  and  NPDC  entered  into  while  NPDC  was  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the 
Company  and  in  connection  with  the  Spin-Off.    Services  under  the  management  agreement  relate  to  corporate 
federal and state income taxes, corporate legal services, corporate secretarial administrative support, and executive 
management  consulting.    The  term  of  the  agreement  extends  for  three  years  from  the  date  of  the  Spin-Off,  or 
through November 24, 2007, and may be terminated by either the Company or NPDC on or after July 30, 2006 with 
180 days prior written notice, with the exception of the fee relating to Mr. Feldman’s services for which NPDC is 
liable through May 31, 2007.  

Prior to July 1, 2005, under this management agreement, NPDC paid the Company a management fee to 
cover an allocable portion of the compensation of these officers, based on the time they spent providing services to 
NPDC, in addition to an allocable portion of certain other corporate expenses.  The Company and NPDC amended 
the  management  agreement  effective  July  1,  2005.    Pursuant  to  the  amendment,  NPDC  pays  the  Company  an 
annual  fee  of  not  less  than  $970,000  as  compensation  for  the  management  services,  payable  in  equal  monthly 
installments.  The fee includes $698,000 for the period July 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006 relating to the services 
of Jerome I. Feldman, the Chairman of the Company’s Executive Committee, representing approximately 80% of 
the cost of the compensation and benefits required to be provided by the Company to Mr. Feldman.  For the year 
ended  December  31,  2005,  NPDC  reimbursed  the  Company  approximately  $1,141,000  for  services  under  the 
management agreement.  

NPDC also occupies a portion of corporate office space leased by the Company. NPDC compensates the 
Company  approximately  an  additional  $205,000  annually  for  use  of  this  space.  The  Company’s  lease  extends 
through December 31, 2006. 

  While NPDC was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and in connection with the Spin-Off, NPDC 
had entered into a separate management agreement with the Company pursuant to which NPDC provided certain 
general  corporate  services  to  the  Company.    Under  this  management  agreement,  the  Company  paid  NPDC  a 
management fee to cover an allocable portion of corporate overhead related to services performed by NPDC for the 
Company and its subsidiaries.  Effective as of July 1, 2005, the Company and NPDC terminated this management 
agreement.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  paid  NPDC  $82,000  for  services  under  the 
management agreement.  

Under the distribution agreement relating to the Spin-Off, the Company and NPDC each agreed that neither 
would take any action that might cause the Spin-Off to not qualify as a tax-free distribution.  Should one party take 
an  action  which  causes  the  Spin-Off  not  to  so  qualify,  then  that  party  would  be  liable  to  the  other  for  any  taxes 
incurred by the other from the failure of the Spin-Off to qualify as a tax-free distribution. 

In connection with the Spin-off, the Company agreed to make an additional capital contribution to NPDC 
in an amount equal to the first $5 million of any proceeds (net of litigation expenses and taxes incurred, if any), and 
50% of any proceeds (net of litigation expenses and taxes incurred, if any) in excess of $15 million, received by the 
Company  from  its  claims  relating  to  the  acquisition  by  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  GPC,  of  Learning 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
Technologies.  In January 2005, the Company made a $5 million additional capital contribution to NPDC pursuant 
to such agreement.  In addition, as of December 31, 2005 and as of the date hereof, the Company had a payable to 
NPDC  of  approximately  $1,201,000  for  an  additional  capital  contribution  relating  to  litigation  proceeds  in  the 
amount of $9,000,000 received by the Company in December 2005. 

Jerome  I.  Feldman,  the  Chairman  of  the  Company’s  Executive  Committee,  is  also  Chairman  and  Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  NPDC,  as  well  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Five  Star,  a  subsidiary  of  NPDC.    Scott  N. 
Greenberg, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, is a Director and the Chief Financial Officer of 
NPDC.  Andrea D. Kantor, the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel, is the Vice President 
and General Counsel of NPDC.  Harvey P. Eisen, a Director of the Company, is also a Director of NPDC.  

GSE

Pursuant to a management services agreement, the Company provides corporate support services to GSE.  
GSE  pays  the  Company  an  annual  fee  of  $685,000  for  these  services  and  can  terminate  the  agreement  by 
providing sixty days written notice.  The management services agreement can be renewed by GSE for successive 
one-year terms and was renewed through December 31, 2006.  Subsequent to the spin-off by the Company to its 
stockholders of its 58% interest in GSE effective September 30, 2005, the Company continues to provide GSE 
with corporate support services through December 31, 2006.   

GSE was an additional borrower under GPC’s credit agreement, and the Company also agreed to guarantee 
GSE’s borrowings as part of its fee pursuant to the management services agreement described above.  On March 8, 
2006, GSE repaid its borrowings of $1,182,000 under GPC’s credit agreement and GSE ceased to be a borrower 
under such agreement.   

Michael  Feldman  received  an  annual  salary  of  approximately  $110,000  from  GSE  as  Executive  Vice 
President in 2005.  Michael Feldman currently receives an annual salary of $110,000 from GSE.  Michael Feldman 
is the son of Jerome I. Feldman, the Chairman of the Company’s Executive Committee.   

Jerome  I.  Feldman,  the  Chairman  of  the  Company’s  Executive  Committee  and  the  Company’s  former 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, is also Chairman of the Board of GSE.  Scott N. Greenberg, 
the Company’s Chief Executive, Officer and Director, Douglas Sharp, the President of the Company, Andrea D. 
Kantor, the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel, and Michael Feldman, the son of Jerome 
Feldman, is each a Director of GSE.   

Guarantees

The  Company  guarantees  certain  operating  leases  for  Five  Star’s  New  Jersey  and  Connecticut 
warehouses,  totaling  approximately  $1,589,000  per  year  through  the  first  quarter  of  2007.    The  Company’s 
guarantee of Five Star’s leases remained in effect subsequent to the spin-off of NPDC. 

Subsequent  to  the  spin-off  of  NPDC,  the  Company  continues  to  guarantee  the  repayment  of  two  debt 
obligations of MXL, which are secured by property and certain equipment of MXL.  The aggregate outstanding 
balance as of December 31, 2005 was $1.4 million.  The Company’s guarantees expire upon the maturity of the 
debt obligations which are October 1, 2006 and March 31, 2011. 

The  Company  continued  to  guarantee  GSE’s  borrowings  under  GPC’s  Credit  Agreement  (for  which 
$1,500,000 is allocated for use by GSE) subsequent to the spin-off on September 30, 2005.  As of December 31, 
2005,  GSE  had  borrowings  of  $1,182,000  under  the  Credit  Agreement.    In  March  2006,  GSE  repaid  its 
borrowings in full and ceased to be a Borrower under the Credit Agreement.   

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Independent Registered Public Accountant Fees 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  fees  billed  to  the  Company  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005  and 
2004  for  professional  services  rendered  by  the  Company's  independent  registered  public  accountants,  KPMG 
LLP:

2005 

2004 (e)

Audit Fees (a) .......................................... $ 808,000 
Audit-Related Fees (b) ............................ $   50,000 
$   66,000 
Tax Fees (c) ………………………. 
All other Fees (d)..................................... $   40,000 

  $1,020,000 
  $   216,200 
  $   151,500 
  $        0 

__________________ 

(a)  Audit-fees  for  2005  consisted  of  fees  for  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements, 
including quarterly review services in accordance with SAS No. 100, fees with respect to the audit of Internal 
Control over Financial Reporting for the Company, and review of SEC reporting matters for the Company.   
Audit fees for 2004 include GSE.  See (e) below. 

(b)  Audit-related  fees  consisted  of  the  audit  of  the  financial  statement  of  employee  benefit  plans  and  statutory 
audit services for subsidiaries of GPC in 2005 and 2004, and accounting research for the Company in 2004. 

(c)  Includes fees for tax compliance services and research. 

(d)  Other fees paid to KPMG for 2005 consisted of a SAS 70 Readiness Assessment on the Company’s Business 
Process Outsourcing (“BPO”) services.  There were no other fees paid to KPMG for 2004 that do not fall 
into any other specified categories. 

(e)  The amounts for 2004 include fees for GSE, which was a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company from 
October  23,  2003  to  September  30,  2005.    For  2004,  audit  fees  attributable  to  GSE  were  $140,000,  audit-
related fees attributable to GSE were $38,000 and tax fees attributable to GSE were $5,000. 

Policy on Pre-Approval of Services Provided by Independent Auditor 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the terms of the engagement of KPMG 
are subject to specific pre-approval policies of the Audit Committee.  All audit and permitted non-audit services 
to  be  performed  by  KPMG  require  pre-approval  by  the  Audit  Committee  in  accordance  with  pre-approval 
policies established by the Audit Committee.  The procedures require all proposed engagements of KPMG for 
services of any kind be directed to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and then submitted for approval to the 
Audit Committee prior to the beginning of any service. 

23

 
 
Item 15:  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

PART IV 

(a) (1) and (2)  No financial statements or schedules are filed with this report on Form 10-K/A. 

(3)  Exhibits 

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

** 

(b)  The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A: 

Exhibit number 

Description

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

+10.1 

+10.2 

+10.3 

+10.4 

+10.5 

Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Registrant  filed  on  October 6,  1995. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3  of  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended September 30, 1995. 

Amendment to the Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on January 24, 
1997. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 1996. 

Certificate  of  Designations,  Preferences  and  Rights  of  Series  A  Junior  Participating 
Preferred Stock of the Registrant dated June 23, 1997. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.3 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. 

Amendment  to  the  Registrant’s  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  filed  on  March 5, 
1998. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. 

Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of  the  Registrant.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 1, 1999. 

1973 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of the Registrant, as amended on June 26, 2000. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. 

GP Strategies Corporation 2003 Incentive Stock Plan. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 4 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. 

General  Physics  Corporation  2004  Bonus  Plan.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1999, between the Registrant and Jerome I. 
Feldman. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended June 30, 1999. 

Amended  and  Restated  Incentive  Compensation  Agreement  dated  as  of  June 11,  2003 
between  the  Registrant  and  Jerome  I.  Feldman.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. 

24

 
  
 
Exhibit number 

Description

+10.6 

+10.7 

 10.8 

+10.9 

+10.10 

+10.11 

 10.12 

+10.13 

+10.14 

+10.15 

+10.16 

Amendment  dated  as  of  October 1,  2003  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Incentive 
Compensation  Agreement  dated  June 11,  2003  between  GP  Strategies  Corporation  and 
Jerome I. Feldman. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. 

Amended  and  Restated  Incentive  Compensation  Agreement  dated  November 17,  2003 
between  GP  Strategies  Corporation  and  Jerome  I.  Feldman.  Incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
September 30, 2003. 

Stock  Exchange  Agreement  dated  January  19,  2006  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Jerome I. Feldman.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s 
Form 8-K dated January 25, 2006. 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July 1,  1999,  between  the  Registrant  and  Scott  N. 
Greenberg.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999. 

Amendment, dated January 21, 2005, to Employment Agreement dated as of July 1, 1999 
between  the  Company  and  Scott  N.  Greenberg.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2005. 

Lock-Up Agreement between the Registrant and Scott N. Greenberg in connection with a 
stock  grant  authorized  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  on 
March  23,  2005.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Separation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September 3,  2002,  between  General  Physics 
Corporation and John C. McAuliffe. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  
10 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 4, 2002. 

Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2001 between the Registrant and Andrea D. 
Kantor. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2001 

Amendment,  dated  January 21,  2005,  to  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 1, 
2001 between the Company and Andrea D. Kantor. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2005. 

Stock  Unit  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Andrea  D.  Kantor  dated  April  11, 
2005.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2005.  

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1999, between the Registrant and Douglas E. 
Sharp. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 2003. 

25

Exhibit number 

Description

+10.17 

+10.18 

+10.19 

+10.20 

+10.21 

+10.22 

 10.23 

 10.24 

 10.25 

 10.26 

 10.27 

 10.28 

 10.29 

Amendment, dated January 21, 2005, to Employment Agreement dated as of July 1, 1999 
between the Company and Douglas E. Sharp. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2005. 

Lock-Up Agreement between the Registrant and Douglas E. Sharp in connection with a 
stock  grant  authorized  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  on 
March  23,  2005.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  August  16,  2005,  between  the  Registrant  and  Sharon 
Esposito-Mayer.** 

Stock  Unit  Agreement,  dated  April  11,  2005,  between  the  Registrant  and  Sharon 
Esposito-Mayer.** 

Form  of  Employment  Agreement  between  the  Registrant’s  subsidiary,  General  Physics 
Corporation and certain officers.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Form  of  Stock  Unit  Agreement  between  the  Registrant’s  subsidiary,  General  Physics 
Corporation and certain officers.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June 3,  1998,  by  and  among  SHL  Systemhouse 
Co.,  MCI  Systemhouse  Corp.,  SHL  Computer  Innovations  Inc.,  SHL  Technology 
Solutions Limited and General Physics Corporation. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 29, 1998. 

Preferred  Provider  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June 3,  1998,  by  and  among  SHL 
Systemhouse  Co.,  MCI  Systemhouse  Corp.,  SHL  Computer  Innovations  Inc.,  SHL 
Technology Solutions Limited and General Physics Corporation. Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 29, 1998. 

Financing  and  Security  Agreement  dated  August 13,  2003  by  and  between  General 
Physics  Corporation,  MXL  Industries,  Inc.  and  Wachovia  Bank  National  Association. 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Guaranty  of  Payment  Agreement  dated  August 13,  2003  by  GP  Strategies  Corporation 
for the benefit of Wachovia Bank, National Association. Incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

First Amendment dated March 30, 2004 to the Financing and Security Agreement dated 
August 13, 2003.** 

Second Amendment dated July 2, 2004 to the Financing and Security Agreement dated 
August 13, 2003.** 

Third  Amendment  dated  July  30,  2004  to  the  Financing  and  Security  Agreement  dated 
August 13, 2003.** 

26

Exhibit number 

Description

 10.30 

 10.31 

 10.32 

 10.33 

 10.34 

 10.35 

 10.36 

 10.37 

 10.38 

 10.39 

 10.40 

 10.41 

Fourth  Amendment  dated  January  19,  2006  to  the  Financing  and  Security  Agreement 
dated  August  13,  2003  by  General  Physics  Corporation,  Skillright,  Inc.,  GSE  Systems, 
Inc.,  GSE  Power  Systems,  Inc.,  MSHI,  Inc.  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association.  
Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated January 25, 2006. 

Forbearance  letter  dated  August  4,  2005.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Waiver letter dated February 17, 2006.** 

Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1997, between the Registrant and Computershare 
Investor  Services  LLC,  as  Rights  Agent,  which  includes,  as  Exhibit  A  thereto,  the 
Resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  with  respect  to  Series  A  Junior  Participating 
Preferred  Stock,  as  Exhibit  B  thereto,  the  form  of  Rights  Certificate  and  as  Exhibit  C 
thereto the form of Summary of Rights. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of 
the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 17, 1997. 

Amendment,  dated  as  of  July 30,  1999,  to  the  Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of  June 23, 
1997, between the Computershare Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent. Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-A12B/A filed on 
August 2, 1999. 

Amendment,  dated  as  of  December 16,  1999,  to  the  Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of 
June 23,  1997,  between  the  Registrant  and  Computershare  Investor  Services  LLC,  as 
Rights Agent. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s report on 
From 8-A12B/A filed on December 17, 1999. 

Agreement  dated,  December 29,  1998,  among  the  Registrant,  Jerome  I.  Feldman  and 
Martin M. Pollak. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998. 

Stock  Exchange  Agreement  dated  January  19,  2006  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Martin  M.  Pollak.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Registrant’s 
Form 8-K dated January 25, 2006. 

Subscription  Agreement  dated  as  of  October 19,  2001  between  the  Registrant  and 
Bedford  Oak  Partners,  L.P.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.21  to  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. 
Subscription  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 3,  2002  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Bedford  Oak  Partners,  L.P.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. 

Stock Repurchase Agreement dated January 19, 2006 by and between the Registrant and 
Bedford  Oak  Partners,  L.P.    Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the 
Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2006. 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 3, 2002 by and between the Registrant and 
EGI-Fund(02)04 Investors, L.L.L. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. 

27

Exhibit number 

Description

 10.42 

 10.43 

 10.44 

 10.45 

 10.46 

 10.47 

 10.48 

 10.49 

 10.50 

 10.51 

 10.52 

 10.53 

Stock Repurchase Agreement dated January 19, 2006 by and between the Registrant and 
EGI-Fund (02-04) Investors, L.L.C.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2006. 

Subscription  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 3,  2002  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and 
Marshall  Geller.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. 

Form of Officer’s Pledge Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 
to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. 

Form of Officer’s Promissory Note. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to 
the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. 

Sublease Agreement dated as of December 13, 2002 between the Registrant and Austin 
Nichols  &  Company,  Inc.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.35  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. 

Lease  Agreement  dated  as  of  July 5,  2002  between  the  Registrant’s  wholly  owned 
subsidiary,  General  Physics  Corporation  and  Riggs  Company.  Incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.36  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2002. 

Note  and  Warrant  Purchase  Agreement  dated  August 8,  2003  among  GP  Strategies 
Corporation,  National  Patent  Development  Corporation  and  Gabelli  Funds,  LLC. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.0  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Form  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation  6%  Conditional  Subordinated  Note  due  2008  dated 
August 14,  2003.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Form  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation  Warrant  Certificate  dated  August 14,  2003. 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Mortgage Security Agreement and Assignment of Leases dated August 14, 2003 between 
GP Strategies Corporation and Gabelli Funds, LLC. Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.04 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Registration Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 between GP Strategies and Gabelli 
Funds, LLC. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the Registrant’s Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

Indemnity  Agreement  dated  August 14,  2003  by  GP  Strategies  Corporation  for  the 
benefit  of  National  Patent  Development  Corporation  and  MXL  Industries,  Inc. 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2003. 

28

Exhibit number 

 10.54 

 10.55 

 10.56 

 10.57 

 10.58 

 10.59 

 10.60 

 10.61 

 10.62 

 10.63 

 10.64 

Description

Subordination  Agreement  dated  August 14,  2003  among  GP  Strategies  Corporation, 
Gabelli Funds, LLC, as Agent on behalf of the holders of the Company’s 6% Conditional 
Subordinated  Notes  due  2008  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association.  Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2003. 

Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement  dated  October 21,  2003  by  and  between  GP  Strategies 
Corporation and ManTech International. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated October 23, 2003. 

Teaming Agreement dated October 21, 2003 by and between GP Strategies Corporation 
and  ManTech  International.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 8-K dated October 23, 2003. 

$5,250,955  Promissory  Note  dated  October 21,  2003  of  GP  Strategies  Corporation. 
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Registrant’s  Form  8-K  dated 
October 23, 2003. 

Management Service Agreement dated January 1, 2004 between the Registrant and GSE 
Systems,  Inc.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.60  of  the  Registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 
.
the  Registrant  and  National  Patent 
Form  of  Management  Agreement  between 
Development Corporation. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of National 
Patent Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

Amendment  dated  July  1,  2005,  to  the  Management  Agreement  dated  July  30,  2004 
between  the  Registrant  and  National  Patent  Development  Corporation.    Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2005. 

Form of Management Agreement between National Patent Development Corporation and 
the  Registrant.  Incorporated  herein  by  references  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  National  Patent 
Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

Termination Agreement dated June 30, 2005 of the Management Agreement dated July 
30,  2004,  between  National  Patent  Development  Corporation  and  the  Registrant.  
Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  of  the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended June 30, 2005. 

Form  of  Tax  Sharing  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  National  Patent 
Development Corporation. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of National 
Patent Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

Form  of  Distribution  Agreement  between 
the  Registrant  and  National  Patent 
Development  Corporation.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  of  National 
Patent Development Corporation Form S-1, Registration No. 333-118568. 

29

Exhibit number 

Description

 10.65 

 10.66 

 18 

 19 

 20 

 21 

 22 

 23 

 28 

 31.1 

 31.2 

 32.1 

Code  of  Ethics  Policy.  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  14.1  of  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003. 

Form of Indemnification Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 23, 2005. 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant** 

Not Applicable 

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm** 

Not Applicable 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer* 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer* 

Certification Pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350*  

_______ 
+     Constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
*     Filed herewith. 
**   Previously filed. 

30

SIGNATURE 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated: April 27, 2006 

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION 

By: /s/ Scott N. Greenberg 

Chief Executive Officer 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE DIRECTORY AND CORPORATE DATA

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Harvey P. Eisen  1  2  3

Scott N. Greenberg 1

Jerome I. Feldman 1

Non-Executive Chairman of the Board, and Chairman and Managing Member of
Bedford Oak Management, LLC

Chief Executive Officer

Chairman of the Executive Committee, and Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer of National Patent Development Corporation

Marshall S. Geller 2  3  4

Co-Founder and Senior Managing Director of St. Cloud Capital

Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr. 2  4

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Continucare Corporation

Ogden R. Reid 4

Chairman of the Audit Committee and Former U.S. Congressman,
Former U.S. Ambassador to Israel

1 Member of the Executive Committee
2 Member of the Compensation Committee
3 Member of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee
4 Member of the Audit Committee

CORPORATE OFFICERS

Scott N. Greenberg

Douglas E. Sharp

Chief Executive Officer

President

Sharon Esposito-Mayer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Andrea D. Kantor

Karl Baer

Larry T. Davis

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Executive Vice President

Executive Vice President

Lydia M. DeSantis

Corporate Secretary

Cynthia Peffers

Vice President, Shareholder Relations

OPERATING COMPANY

INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS

General Physics Corporation
6095 Marshalee Drive, Suite 300
Elkridge, MD 21075

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

KPMG LLP
111 South Calvert Street
Baltimore, MD  21202

Copies of the Company’s Form 10-K, proxy statement, press releases and other documents
are available through GP Strategies home page on the Internet at the following address:
ww.gpstrategies.com. Copies of  these materials also are available without charge upon
written request to the office of the Secretary at:

777 Westchester Avenue
Fourth Floor
White Plains, NY 10604

CERTIFICATIONS REGARDING PUBLIC DISCLOSURES & LISTING STANDARDS

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT

Computershare Investor Services LLC
P. O. Box A3504
Chicago, IL 60690-3504
(312) 360-5430

The  2005  GP  Strategies Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission includes the certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act regarding the quality of the Company’s public disclosure.  In addition, the
annual certification of the Chief Executive Officer regarding compliance by GP Strategies
with the corporate governance listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange was
submitted without qualification following the 2005 annual meeting of shareholders.

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

11

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM

6095 Marshalee Drive

Suite 300

Elkridge, MD  21075  USA

800.727.6677

GPX Annual Report 4.25.06 (for press).pmd

12

4/25/2006, 2:19 PM